1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
32 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
34 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
44 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
45 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
46 #include <algorithm>
47 #include <cstring>
48 #include <functional>
49 using namespace clang;
50 using namespace sema;
51 
52 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
53   if (OwnedType) {
54     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
55     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
56   }
57 
58   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
59 }
60 
61 namespace {
62 
63 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
64  public:
65   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false,
66                        bool AllowTemplates=false)
67       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
68         AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) {
69     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
70     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
71     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
72   }
73 
74   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
75     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
76       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
77       bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND);
78       return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) &&
79              (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
80     }
81     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
82   }
83 
84  private:
85   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
86   bool WantClassName;
87   bool AllowClassTemplates;
88 };
89 
90 }
91 
92 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
93 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
94   switch (Kind) {
95   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
96   // token kind is a valid type specifier
97   case tok::kw_short:
98   case tok::kw_long:
99   case tok::kw___int64:
100   case tok::kw___int128:
101   case tok::kw_signed:
102   case tok::kw_unsigned:
103   case tok::kw_void:
104   case tok::kw_char:
105   case tok::kw_int:
106   case tok::kw_half:
107   case tok::kw_float:
108   case tok::kw_double:
109   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
110   case tok::kw_bool:
111   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
112     return true;
113 
114   case tok::annot_typename:
115   case tok::kw_char16_t:
116   case tok::kw_char32_t:
117   case tok::kw_typeof:
118   case tok::annot_decltype:
119   case tok::kw_decltype:
120     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
121 
122   default:
123     break;
124   }
125 
126   return false;
127 }
128 
129 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
130 /// return the declaration of that type.
131 ///
132 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
133 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
134 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
135 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
136 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
137 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
138                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
139                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
140                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
141                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
142                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
143                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
144   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
145   DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
146   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
147     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
148     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
149       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
150   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
151     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
152 
153     if (!LookupCtx) {
154       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
155         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
156         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
157         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
158         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
159         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
160         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
161         //
162         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
163         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
164         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
165           return ParsedType();
166 
167         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
168         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
169         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
170           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
171 
172         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
173         QualType T =
174           CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
175                             II, NameLoc);
176 
177           return ParsedType::make(T);
178       }
179 
180       return ParsedType();
181     }
182 
183     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
184         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
185       return ParsedType();
186   }
187 
188   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
189   // lookup for class-names.
190   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
191                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
192   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
193   if (LookupCtx) {
194     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
195     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
196     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
197     // nested-name-specifier.
198     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
199 
200     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
201       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
202       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
203       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
204       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
205       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
206       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
207       LookupName(Result, S);
208     }
209   } else {
210     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
211     LookupName(Result, S);
212   }
213 
214   NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0;
215   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
216   case LookupResult::NotFound:
217   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
218     if (CorrectedII) {
219       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName);
220       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
221                                               Kind, S, SS, Validator);
222       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
223       TemplateTy Template;
224       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
225       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
226       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
227       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
228       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
229       if (SS && NNS) {
230         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
231         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
232       }
233       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
234           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
235           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
236           // is handled elsewhere).
237           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
238             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
239                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
240         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
241                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
242                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
243                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
244         if (Ty) {
245           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
246                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
247                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
248           if (SS && NNS)
249             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
250           *CorrectedII = NewII;
251           return Ty;
252         }
253       }
254     }
255     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
256   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
257   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
258     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
259     return ParsedType();
260 
261   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
262     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
263     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
264     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
265     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
266     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
267     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
268       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
269       return ParsedType();
270     }
271 
272     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
273     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
274          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
275       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
276         if (!IIDecl ||
277             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
278               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
279           IIDecl = *Res;
280       }
281     }
282 
283     if (!IIDecl) {
284       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
285       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
286       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
287       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
288       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
289       // a type name.
290       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
291       return ParsedType();
292     }
293 
294     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
295     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
296     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
297     // perform the name lookup again.
298     break;
299 
300   case LookupResult::Found:
301     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
302     break;
303   }
304 
305   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
306 
307   QualType T;
308   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
309     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
310 
311     if (T.isNull())
312       T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
313 
314     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
315     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
316     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
317     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
318       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
319         // Construct a type with type-source information.
320         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
321         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
322 
323         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
324         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
325         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
326         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
327         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
328       } else {
329         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
330       }
331     }
332   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
333     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
334     if (!HasTrailingDot)
335       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
336   }
337 
338   if (T.isNull()) {
339     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
340     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
341     return ParsedType();
342   }
343   return ParsedType::make(T);
344 }
345 
346 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
347 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
348 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
349 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
350 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
351 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
352   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
353   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
354   LookupName(R, S, false);
355   R.suppressDiagnostics();
356   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
357     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
358       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
359       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
360       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
361       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
362       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
363       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
364       }
365     }
366 
367   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
368 }
369 
370 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
371 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
372 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
373 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
374 /// @code
375 /// template<class T> class A {
376 /// public:
377 ///   typedef int TYPE;
378 /// };
379 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
380 /// public:
381 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
382 /// };
383 /// @endcode
384 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
385   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
386     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
387 
388     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
389     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(),
390           BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base)
391       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType()))
392         return true;
393     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
394   }
395   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
396 }
397 
398 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
399                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
400                                    Scope *S,
401                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
402                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
403                                    bool AllowClassTemplates) {
404   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
405   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
406 
407   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
408   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
409   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false, false, AllowClassTemplates);
410   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc),
411                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
412                                              Validator)) {
413     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
414       // We corrected to a keyword.
415       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
416       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
417     } else {
418       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
419       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
420         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
421                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
422       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
423         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
424         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
425                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
426         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
427                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
428                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
429       } else {
430         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
431       }
432 
433       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
434       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
435         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
436                           SourceRange(IILoc));
437       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
438                                   IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false,
439                                   false, ParsedType(),
440                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
441                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
442     }
443     return true;
444   }
445 
446   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
447     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
448     UnqualifiedId Name;
449     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
450     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
451     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
452     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
453     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
454                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
455                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
456       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
457       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
458       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
459         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
460           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
461       }
462       return true;
463     }
464   }
465 
466   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
467   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
468 
469   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
470     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
471   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
472     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
473       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
474   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
475     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
476     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
477       DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing;
478 
479     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
480       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
481       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
482       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
483     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
484                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
485   } else {
486     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
487            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
488   }
489 
490   return true;
491 }
492 
493 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
494 /// or
495 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
496   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
497                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
498 
499   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
500     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
501       return true;
502 
503     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
504       return true;
505   }
506 
507   return false;
508 }
509 
510 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
511                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
512                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
513                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
514   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
515   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
516   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
517     const char *TagName = 0;
518     const char *FixItTagName = 0;
519     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
520       case TTK_Class:
521         TagName = "class";
522         FixItTagName = "class ";
523         break;
524 
525       case TTK_Enum:
526         TagName = "enum";
527         FixItTagName = "enum ";
528         break;
529 
530       case TTK_Struct:
531         TagName = "struct";
532         FixItTagName = "struct ";
533         break;
534 
535       case TTK_Interface:
536         TagName = "__interface";
537         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
538         break;
539 
540       case TTK_Union:
541         TagName = "union";
542         FixItTagName = "union ";
543         break;
544     }
545 
546     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
547       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
548       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
549 
550     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
551          I != IEnd; ++I)
552       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
553         << Name << TagName;
554 
555     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
556     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
557     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
558     return true;
559   }
560 
561   return false;
562 }
563 
564 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
565 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
566                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
567   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
568 
569   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
570   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
571 
572   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
573   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
574   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
575   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
576   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
577 }
578 
579 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
580                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
581                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
582                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
583                                             const Token &NextToken,
584                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand,
585                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
586   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
587   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
588 
589   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
590     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
591                                 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false);
592 
593   }
594 
595   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
596   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
597 
598   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
599   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
600   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
601   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
602   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
603     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
604     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
605       return E;
606   }
607 
608   bool SecondTry = false;
609   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
610 
611 Corrected:
612   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
613   case LookupResult::NotFound:
614     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
615     // call.
616     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
617       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
618       // FIXME: Reference?
619       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
620         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
621 
622       // C90 6.3.2.2:
623       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
624       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
625       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
626       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
627       //   the function call, the declaration
628       //
629       //     extern int identifier ();
630       //
631       //   appeared.
632       //
633       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
634       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
635         Result.addDecl(D);
636         Result.resolveKind();
637         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
638       }
639     }
640 
641     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
642     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
643     // "struct", or "union".
644     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
645         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
646       break;
647     }
648 
649     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
650     // close to this name.
651     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
652       SecondTry = true;
653       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
654                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
655                                                  &SS, *CCC)) {
656         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
657         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
658 
659         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
660         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
661           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0;
662         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
663             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
664           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
665           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
666         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
667                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
668                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
669                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
670           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
671           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
672         }
673 
674         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
675           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
676         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
677           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
678           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
679                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
680           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
681                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
682                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
683         }
684 
685         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
686         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
687 
688         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
689         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
690           return Name;
691 
692         // Also update the LookupResult...
693         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
694         Result.clear();
695         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
696         if (FirstDecl)
697           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
698 
699         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
700         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
701         // reference the ivar.
702         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
703         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
704           Result.clear();
705           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
706           return E;
707         }
708 
709         goto Corrected;
710       }
711     }
712 
713     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
714     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
715     return NameClassification::Unknown();
716 
717   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
718     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
719     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
720     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
721 
722     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
723     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
724     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
725     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
726     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
727     //
728     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
729     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
730     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
731     // keyword here.
732     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
733                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
734                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/0);
735   }
736 
737   case LookupResult::Found:
738   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
739   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
740     break;
741 
742   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
743     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
744         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
745       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
746       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
747       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
748       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
749       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
750       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
751       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
752       //   ambiguous.
753       //
754       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
755       // so try again after filtering out template names.
756       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
757       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
758         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
759         break;
760       }
761     }
762 
763     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
764     return NameClassification::Error();
765   }
766 
767   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
768       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
769     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
770     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
771     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
772     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
773     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
774     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
775     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
776       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
777 
778     if (!Result.empty()) {
779       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
780       bool IsVarTemplate;
781       TemplateName Template;
782       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
783         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
784         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
785                                                      Result.end());
786       } else {
787         TemplateDecl *TD
788           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
789         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
790         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
791 
792         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
793           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
794                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
795                                                       TD);
796         else
797           Template = TemplateName(TD);
798       }
799 
800       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
801         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
802         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
803         // to based on which function we selected.
804         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
805 
806         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
807       }
808 
809       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
810                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
811     }
812   }
813 
814   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
815   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
816     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
817     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
818     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
819       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
820     return ParsedType::make(T);
821   }
822 
823   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
824   if (!Class) {
825     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
826     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias
827                                 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
828       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
829   }
830 
831   if (Class) {
832     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
833 
834     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
835       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
836       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
837       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
838       return NameClassification::Unknown();
839     }
840 
841     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
842     return ParsedType::make(T);
843   }
844 
845   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
846   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
847     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
848         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
849 
850   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
851   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
852   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
853   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
854        (NextIsOp &&
855         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
856       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
857     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
858     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
859     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
860     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
861       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
862     return ParsedType::make(T);
863   }
864 
865   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
866     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0);
867 
868   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
869   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
870 }
871 
872 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
873 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
874 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
875 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
876 
877   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
878   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
879   // the context we'll need to return to.
880   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
881   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
882   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
883   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
884   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
885   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
886   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
887   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
888   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
889   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
890     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
891 
892     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
893     // lexical context.
894     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
895       return DC;
896 
897     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
898     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
899     // class is the context we need to return to.
900     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
901       DC = RD;
902 
903     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
904     // declared in.
905     return DC;
906   }
907 
908   return DC->getLexicalParent();
909 }
910 
911 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
912   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
913       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
914   CurContext = DC;
915   S->setEntity(DC);
916 }
917 
918 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
919   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
920 
921   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
922   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
923 }
924 
925 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
926 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
927 ///
928 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
929   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
930   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
931   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
932   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
933   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
934   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
935   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
936   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
937   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
938   //   namespace.
939   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
940   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
941   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
942   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
943   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
944 
945   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
946 
947 #ifndef NDEBUG
948   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
949   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
950   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
951 #endif
952 
953   CurContext = DC;
954   S->setEntity(DC);
955 }
956 
957 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
958   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
959 
960   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
961   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
962   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
963   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
964   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
965 
966   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
967   // disappear.
968 }
969 
970 
971 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
972   // We assume that the caller has already called
973   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
974   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
975   if (!FD)
976     return;
977 
978   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
979   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
980   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
981     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
982   CurContext = FD;
983   S->setEntity(CurContext);
984 
985   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
986     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
987     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
988     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
989       S->AddDecl(Param);
990       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
991     }
992   }
993 }
994 
995 
996 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
997   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
998   // rather than the top-level class.
999   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1000   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1001   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1002 }
1003 
1004 
1005 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1006 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1007 ///
1008 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1009 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1010 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1011 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1012 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1013 /// attribute.
1014 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1015                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1016   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1017     return true;
1018 
1019   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1020     return true;
1021 
1022   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1023           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1024 }
1025 
1026 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1027 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1028   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1029   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1030   // scope.
1031   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1032     S = S->getParent();
1033 
1034   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1035   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1036   // into any context.
1037   if (AddToContext)
1038     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1039 
1040   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1041   // are function-local declarations.
1042   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1043       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1044         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1045       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1046     return;
1047 
1048   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1049   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1050       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1051     return;
1052 
1053   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1054   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1055                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1056   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1057     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1058       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1059       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1060 
1061       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1062       break;
1063     }
1064   }
1065 
1066   S->AddDecl(D);
1067 
1068   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1069     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1070     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1071     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1072     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1073       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1074       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1075         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1076           continue;
1077       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1078         break;
1079     }
1080 
1081     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1082   } else {
1083     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1084   }
1085 }
1086 
1087 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1088   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1089     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1090 }
1091 
1092 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1093                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1094   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1095 }
1096 
1097 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1098   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1099   do {
1100     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1101       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1102         return S;
1103   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1104 
1105   return 0;
1106 }
1107 
1108 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1109                                             DeclContext*,
1110                                             ASTContext&);
1111 
1112 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1113 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1114 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1115                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1116                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1117   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1118   while (F.hasNext()) {
1119     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1120 
1121     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1122       continue;
1123 
1124     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1125       continue;
1126 
1127     F.erase();
1128   }
1129 
1130   F.done();
1131 }
1132 
1133 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1134   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1135          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1136          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1137 }
1138 
1139 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1140 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1141   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1142   while (F.hasNext())
1143     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1144       F.erase();
1145 
1146   F.done();
1147 }
1148 
1149 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1150 /// @code
1151 /// class S {
1152 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1153 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1154 /// };
1155 /// @endcode
1156 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1157   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1158   // the decl here.
1159   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1160     return false;
1161 
1162   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1163     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1164   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1165     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1166   return false;
1167 }
1168 
1169 // We need this to handle
1170 //
1171 // typedef struct {
1172 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1173 // } A;
1174 //
1175 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1176 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1177 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1178 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1179 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1180 // not.
1181 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1182   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1183   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1184     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1185       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1186         return true;
1187     }
1188     DC = DC->getParent();
1189   }
1190 
1191   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1192 }
1193 
1194 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1195 // these semantics.
1196 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1197   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1198     return false;
1199   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1200 }
1201 
1202 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1203   assert(D);
1204 
1205   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1206     return false;
1207 
1208   // Ignore class templates.
1209   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1210       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1211     return false;
1212 
1213   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1214     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1215       return false;
1216 
1217     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1218       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1219         return false;
1220     } else {
1221       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1222       if (FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
1223           !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1224         return false;
1225     }
1226 
1227     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1228         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1229       return false;
1230   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1231     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1232     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1233     // like "inline".)
1234     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1235       return false;
1236 
1237     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1238       return false;
1239 
1240     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1241         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1242       return false;
1243   } else {
1244     return false;
1245   }
1246 
1247   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1248   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1249 }
1250 
1251 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1252   if (!D)
1253     return;
1254 
1255   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1256     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1257     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1258       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1259   }
1260 
1261   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1262     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1263     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1264       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1265   }
1266 
1267   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1268     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1269 }
1270 
1271 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1272   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1273     return false;
1274 
1275   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1276       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1277     return false;
1278 
1279   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1280     return true;
1281 
1282   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1283   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
1284       !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1285     return false;
1286 
1287   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1288   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1289 
1290     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1291     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1292 
1293     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1294     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1295       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1296         return false;
1297     }
1298 
1299     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1300     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1301     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1302       return false;
1303 
1304     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1305       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1306       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1307         return false;
1308 
1309       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1310         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1311           return false;
1312 
1313         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1314           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1315             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1316           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1317             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1318           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1319             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1320             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1321               return false;
1322           }
1323         }
1324       }
1325     }
1326 
1327     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1328   }
1329 
1330   return true;
1331 }
1332 
1333 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1334                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1335   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1336     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1337                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1338     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1339       return;
1340     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1341                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1342   }
1343   return;
1344 }
1345 
1346 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1347 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1348 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1349   FixItHint Hint;
1350   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1351     return;
1352 
1353   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1354 
1355   unsigned DiagID;
1356   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1357     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1358   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1359     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1360   else
1361     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1362 
1363   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1364 }
1365 
1366 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1367   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1368   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1369   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
1370   if (L->getStmt() == 0)
1371     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1372 }
1373 
1374 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1375   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1376   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1377          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1378 
1379   for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end();
1380        I != E; ++I) {
1381     Decl *TmpD = (*I);
1382     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1383 
1384     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1385     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1386 
1387     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1388 
1389     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1390     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred())
1391       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1392 
1393     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1394     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1395       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1396 
1397     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1398     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1399   }
1400 }
1401 
1402 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1403 ///
1404 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1405 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1406 /// to the fixed name.
1407 ///
1408 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1409 ///
1410 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1411 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1412 ///
1413 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1414 /// class could not be found.
1415 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1416                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1417                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1418   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1419   // creation from this context.
1420   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1421 
1422   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1423     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1424     // find an Objective-C class name.
1425     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1426     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1427                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL,
1428                                        Validator)) {
1429       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1430       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1431       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1432     }
1433   }
1434   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1435   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1436   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1437       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1438   return Def;
1439 }
1440 
1441 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1442 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1443 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1444 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1445 /// ill-formed in C++:
1446 /// @code
1447 /// struct S6 {
1448 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1449 /// };
1450 ///
1451 /// void test_S6() {
1452 ///   struct S6 a;
1453 ///   a.e = BAR;
1454 /// }
1455 /// @endcode
1456 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1457 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1458 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1459 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1460 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1461 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1462 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1463 /// contain non-field names.
1464 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1465   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1466          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1467          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1468     S = S->getParent();
1469   return S;
1470 }
1471 
1472 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1473 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1474 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1475 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1476 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1477                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1478   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1479     return;
1480   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1481 
1482   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1483                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1484   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1485   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1486     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1487       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1488 }
1489 
1490 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1491 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1492 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1493 /// built-in.
1494 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
1495                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1496                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1497   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1498 
1499   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
1500 
1501   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1502   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
1503   switch (Error) {
1504   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1505     // Okay
1506     break;
1507 
1508   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1509     if (ForRedeclaration)
1510       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio)
1511         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1512     return 0;
1513 
1514   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1515     if (ForRedeclaration)
1516       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp)
1517         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1518     return 0;
1519 
1520   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1521     if (ForRedeclaration)
1522       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext)
1523         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1524     return 0;
1525   }
1526 
1527   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
1528     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1529       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
1530       << R;
1531     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
1532         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)
1533           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
1534       Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header)
1535         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
1536         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1537   }
1538 
1539   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1540   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1541     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1542         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1543                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1544     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1545     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1546     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1547   }
1548 
1549   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1550                                            Parent,
1551                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0,
1552                                            SC_Extern,
1553                                            false,
1554                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1555   New->setImplicit();
1556 
1557   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1558   // FunctionDecl.
1559   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1560     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1561     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1562       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1563           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1564                               0, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, SC_None, 0);
1565       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1566       Params.push_back(parm);
1567     }
1568     New->setParams(Params);
1569   }
1570 
1571   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1572   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1573 
1574   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1575   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1576   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1577   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1578   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1579   CurContext = Parent;
1580   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1581   CurContext = SavedContext;
1582   return New;
1583 }
1584 
1585 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration
1586 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g.,
1587 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same
1588 /// entity.
1589 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context,
1590                                               NamedDecl *decl,
1591                                               LookupResult &previous){
1592   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1593   if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1594     return;
1595 
1596   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1597   if (previous.empty())
1598     return;
1599 
1600   LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter();
1601   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1602     NamedDecl *old = filter.next();
1603 
1604     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1605     if (!old->isHidden())
1606       continue;
1607 
1608     if (!old->isExternallyVisible())
1609       filter.erase();
1610   }
1611 
1612   filter.done();
1613 }
1614 
1615 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1616   QualType OldType;
1617   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1618     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1619   else
1620     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1621   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1622 
1623   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1624     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1625     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1626     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1627       << Kind << NewType;
1628     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1629       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1630     New->setInvalidDecl();
1631     return true;
1632   }
1633 
1634   if (OldType != NewType &&
1635       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1636       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1637       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1638     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1639     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1640       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1641     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1642       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1643     New->setInvalidDecl();
1644     return true;
1645   }
1646   return false;
1647 }
1648 
1649 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1650 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1651 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1652 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1653 ///
1654 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1655   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1656   // merging checks.
1657   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1658 
1659   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1660   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1661   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1662     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1663     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1664     default: break;
1665     case 2:
1666       {
1667         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1668           break;
1669         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1670         if (!T->isPointerType())
1671           break;
1672         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1673           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1674           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1675             break;
1676         }
1677         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1678         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1679         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1680         return;
1681       }
1682     case 5:
1683       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1684         break;
1685       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1686       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1687       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1688       return;
1689     case 3:
1690       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1691         break;
1692       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1693       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1694       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1695       return;
1696     }
1697     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1698   }
1699 
1700   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1701   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1702   if (!Old) {
1703     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1704       << New->getDeclName();
1705 
1706     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1707     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1708       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1709 
1710     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1711   }
1712 
1713   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1714   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1715     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1716 
1717   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1718   // with any extensions enabled.
1719   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1720     return;
1721 
1722   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
1723   // the old declaration was a typedef.
1724   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1725     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
1726     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
1727   }
1728 
1729   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1730     return;
1731 
1732   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1733     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1734     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1735     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1736     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1737     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1738       return;
1739 
1740     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1741     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1742     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1743     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1744     //
1745     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1746     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1747     //
1748     //   struct S {
1749     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1750     //   };
1751     //
1752     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1753     // allow the above but disallow
1754     //
1755     //   struct S {
1756     //     typedef int I;
1757     //     typedef int I;
1758     //   };
1759     //
1760     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1761     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1762       return;
1763 
1764     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1765       << New->getDeclName();
1766     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1767     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1768   }
1769 
1770   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1771   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1772     return;
1773 
1774   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1775   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1776   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1777   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1778   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1779       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1780        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1781     return;
1782 
1783   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef)
1784     << New->getDeclName();
1785   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1786   return;
1787 }
1788 
1789 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1790 /// attribute.
1791 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1792   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1793   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1794   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
1795     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1796       if (Ann) {
1797         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
1798           return true;
1799         continue;
1800       }
1801       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1802       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
1803         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
1804       return true;
1805     }
1806 
1807   return false;
1808 }
1809 
1810 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
1811   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
1812     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
1813   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1814     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
1815   return true;
1816 }
1817 
1818 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
1819 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
1820 ///
1821 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
1822 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
1823   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
1824   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
1825   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = 0;
1826   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = 0;
1827   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
1828   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
1829     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
1830     // in a case like:
1831     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
1832     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
1833     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
1834     // definition in such a case.
1835     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1836       return false;
1837 
1838     if (I->isAlignas())
1839       OldAlignasAttr = I;
1840 
1841     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1842     if (Align > OldAlign) {
1843       OldAlign = Align;
1844       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
1845     }
1846   }
1847 
1848   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
1849   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = 0;
1850   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
1851   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
1852     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1853       return false;
1854 
1855     if (I->isAlignas())
1856       NewAlignasAttr = I;
1857 
1858     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1859     if (Align > NewAlign)
1860       NewAlign = Align;
1861   }
1862 
1863   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1864     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
1865     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
1866     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
1867     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
1868 
1869     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
1870     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
1871     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
1872       QualType Ty;
1873       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
1874         Ty = VD->getType();
1875       else
1876         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
1877 
1878       if (OldAlign == 0)
1879         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1880       if (NewAlign == 0)
1881         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1882     }
1883 
1884     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1885       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
1886         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
1887         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
1888       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1889     }
1890   }
1891 
1892   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
1893     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
1894     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
1895     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
1896     //   equivalent alignment.
1897     // C11 6.7.5/7:
1898     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
1899     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
1900     //   have no alignment specifier.
1901     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
1902       << OldAlignasAttr;
1903     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
1904       << OldAlignasAttr;
1905   }
1906 
1907   bool AnyAdded = false;
1908 
1909   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
1910   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
1911     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
1912     Clone->setInherited(true);
1913     New->addAttr(Clone);
1914     AnyAdded = true;
1915   }
1916 
1917   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
1918   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
1919       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
1920     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
1921     Clone->setInherited(true);
1922     New->addAttr(Clone);
1923     AnyAdded = true;
1924   }
1925 
1926   return AnyAdded;
1927 }
1928 
1929 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr,
1930                                bool Override) {
1931   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL;
1932   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
1933   if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
1934     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
1935                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
1936                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
1937                                       AA->getMessage(), Override,
1938                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
1939   else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1940     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
1941                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
1942   else if (TypeVisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1943     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
1944                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
1945   else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
1946     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
1947                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
1948   else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
1949     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
1950                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
1951   else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
1952     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
1953                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
1954                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
1955   else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
1956     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
1957                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
1958   else if (MSInheritanceAttr *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
1959     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
1960                                        AttrSpellingListIndex,
1961                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
1962   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
1963     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
1964     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
1965     NewAttr = 0;
1966   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
1967     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
1968 
1969   if (NewAttr) {
1970     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
1971     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
1972     return true;
1973   }
1974 
1975   return false;
1976 }
1977 
1978 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
1979   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1980     return TD->getDefinition();
1981   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1982     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
1983     if (Def)
1984       return Def;
1985     return VD->getActingDefinition();
1986   }
1987   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1988     const FunctionDecl* Def;
1989     if (FD->isDefined(Def))
1990       return Def;
1991   }
1992   return NULL;
1993 }
1994 
1995 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
1996   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
1997     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
1998       return true;
1999   return false;
2000 }
2001 
2002 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2003 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2004 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2005   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2006     return;
2007 
2008   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2009   if (!Def || Def == New)
2010     return;
2011 
2012   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2013   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2014     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2015 
2016     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2017       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New))
2018         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def));
2019       else {
2020         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2021         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2022                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2023                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2024                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2025         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2026         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2027         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2028       }
2029       ++I;
2030       continue;
2031     }
2032 
2033     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2034       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2035       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2036         ++I;
2037         continue;
2038       }
2039     }
2040 
2041     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2042       ++I;
2043       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2044     }
2045 
2046     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2047       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2048       ++I;
2049       continue;
2050     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2051       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2052         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2053         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2054         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2055         //   equivalent alignment.
2056         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2057         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2058         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2059         //   have no alignment specifier.
2060         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2061           << AA;
2062         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2063           << AA;
2064         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2065         --E;
2066         continue;
2067       }
2068     }
2069 
2070     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2071            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2072     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2073     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2074     --E;
2075   }
2076 }
2077 
2078 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2079 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2080                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2081   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2082     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2083     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2084     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2085   }
2086 
2087   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2088     return;
2089 
2090   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2091   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2092 
2093   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2094     return;
2095 
2096   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2097 
2098   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2099   // we process them.
2100   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2101 
2102   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2103     bool Override = false;
2104     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2105     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2106         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2107         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2108       switch (AMK) {
2109       case AMK_None:
2110         continue;
2111 
2112       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2113         break;
2114 
2115       case AMK_Override:
2116         Override = true;
2117         break;
2118       }
2119     }
2120 
2121     // Already handled.
2122     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2123       continue;
2124 
2125     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override))
2126       foundAny = true;
2127   }
2128 
2129   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2130     foundAny = true;
2131 
2132   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2133 }
2134 
2135 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2136 /// to the new one.
2137 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2138                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2139                                      Sema &S) {
2140   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2141   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2142   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2143   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2144   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2145   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2146     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2147            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2148     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2149     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2150     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2151       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2152     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2153       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2154     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2155            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2156   }
2157 
2158   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2159     return;
2160 
2161   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2162 
2163   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2164   // done before we process them.
2165   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2166 
2167   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2168     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2169       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2170         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2171       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2172       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2173       foundAny = true;
2174     }
2175   }
2176 
2177   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2178 }
2179 
2180 namespace {
2181 
2182 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2183 /// C.
2184 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2185   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2186   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2187   QualType PromotedType;
2188 };
2189 
2190 }
2191 
2192 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2193 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2194   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2195     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2196       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2197 
2198     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2199       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2200 
2201     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2202       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2203   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2204     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2205   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2206     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2207   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2208     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2209   }
2210 
2211   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2212 }
2213 
2214 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2215 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2216 /// GNU89 mode.
2217 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2218                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2219   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2220           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2221           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2222           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2223 }
2224 
2225 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2226   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2227   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2228     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2229   return AT;
2230 }
2231 
2232 template <typename T>
2233 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2234   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2235   if (DC->isRecord())
2236     return false;
2237 
2238   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2239   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2240     return true;
2241   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2242     return true;
2243   return false;
2244 }
2245 
2246 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2247 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2248 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2249 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2250 ///
2251 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2252 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2253 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2254 /// merged with.
2255 ///
2256 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2257 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2258                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2259   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2260   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2261   if (!Old) {
2262     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2263       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2264         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2265         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2266              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2267         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2268              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2269         return true;
2270       }
2271 
2272       // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2273       //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2274       //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2275       //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2276       //   function, the program is ill-formed.
2277 
2278       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2279       Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2280       if (Old &&
2281           !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2282               New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2283           !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC()))
2284         Old = 0;
2285 
2286       if (!Old) {
2287         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2288         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2289              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2290         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2291         return true;
2292       }
2293       OldD = Old;
2294     } else {
2295       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2296         << New->getDeclName();
2297       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2298       return true;
2299     }
2300   }
2301 
2302   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2303   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2304     return true;
2305 
2306   // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
2307   // implicit declaration, or a declaration.
2308   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2309   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2310   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2311     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2312   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2313     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2314     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2315       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2316   } else
2317     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2318 
2319   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2320   // is an extern inline function.
2321   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2322   // storage classes.
2323   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2324       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2325       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2326       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2327       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2328     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2329       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New;
2330       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2331     } else {
2332       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2333       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2334       return true;
2335     }
2336   }
2337 
2338 
2339   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2340   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2341   // convention of the first.
2342   //
2343   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2344   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2345   //
2346   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2347   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2348   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2349   //
2350   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2351   // other tests to run.
2352   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2353   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2354   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2355   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2356   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2357   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2358   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2359 
2360   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2361     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2362     const FunctionType *FT =
2363         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2364     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2365     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2366     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2367       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2368       // there but not here.
2369       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2370       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2371     } else {
2372       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2373       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2374       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2375         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2376         << !FirstCCExplicit
2377         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2378             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2379 
2380       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2381       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2382       return true;
2383     }
2384   }
2385 
2386   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2387   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2388     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2389     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2390   }
2391 
2392   // Merge regparm attribute.
2393   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2394       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2395     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2396       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2397         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2398         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2399       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2400       return true;
2401     }
2402 
2403     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2404     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2405   }
2406 
2407   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2408   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2409     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2410       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2411       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2412       return true;
2413     }
2414 
2415     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2416     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2417   }
2418 
2419   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2420     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2421     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2422     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2423     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2424     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2425   }
2426 
2427   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2428   // UndefinedButUsed.
2429   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2430       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2431       (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) &&
2432       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2433       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2434     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2435                                            SourceLocation()));
2436 
2437   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2438   // about it.
2439   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2440       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2441     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2442   }
2443 
2444   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2445     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2446     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2447     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2448     //        cannot be overloaded.
2449 
2450     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2451     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2452     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2453     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2454     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2455     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
2456         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2457              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2458              : OldType)->getReturnType();
2459     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
2460         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2461              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2462              : NewType)->getReturnType();
2463     QualType ResQT;
2464     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2465         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2466           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2467       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2468           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2469         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2470       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2471         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2472           Diag(New->getLocation(),
2473                diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New;
2474         else
2475           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type);
2476         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2477         return true;
2478       }
2479       else
2480         NewQType = ResQT;
2481     }
2482 
2483     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
2484     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
2485     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2486       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2487       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2488       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
2489       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2490         New->setType(
2491             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2492                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2493                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2494         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2495             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2496                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2497                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2498       }
2499     }
2500 
2501     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2502     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2503     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2504       // Preserve triviality.
2505       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2506 
2507       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2508       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2509       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
2510       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2511                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2512                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2513       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2514 
2515       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2516           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2517         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2518         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2519         //       is a static member function declaration.
2520         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2521           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2522           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2523           return true;
2524         }
2525 
2526         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2527         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2528         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2529         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2530         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2531           unsigned NewDiag;
2532           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2533             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2534           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2535             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2536           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2537             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2538           else
2539             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2540 
2541           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2542         } else {
2543           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2544             << New << New->getType();
2545         }
2546         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2547 
2548       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2549       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2550       //
2551       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2552       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2553       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2554         if (isFriend) {
2555           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2556         } else {
2557           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2558                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2559             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2560           return true;
2561         }
2562       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2563         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2564              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2565           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2566         return true;
2567       }
2568     }
2569 
2570     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2571     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2572     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2573     //   attribute.
2574     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
2575     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2576       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2577       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2578            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2579     }
2580 
2581     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2582     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2583     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2584     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2585     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2586     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2587       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2588            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2589       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2590            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2591     }
2592 
2593     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2594     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2595     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2596     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2597 
2598     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2599     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2600     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2601       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2602       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2603         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2604       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2605       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2606     }
2607 
2608     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2609       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
2610       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
2611       //
2612       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
2613       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
2614       // linkage within class scope.
2615       //
2616       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
2617       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
2618         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
2619         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2620       } else {
2621         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2622         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2623         return true;
2624       }
2625     }
2626 
2627     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2628       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2629 
2630     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2631         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
2632       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
2633       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
2634       // when we instantiate the function.
2635       return false;
2636     }
2637 
2638     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2639   }
2640 
2641   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2642   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2643   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2644       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2645     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2646     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2647     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0;
2648     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2649         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2650       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2651       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2652       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2653       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_type_begin(),
2654                                            OldProto->param_type_end());
2655       NewQType =
2656           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
2657                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2658       New->setType(NewQType);
2659       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2660 
2661       // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
2662       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2663       for (FunctionProtoType::param_type_iterator
2664                ParamType = OldProto->param_type_begin(),
2665                ParamEnd = OldProto->param_type_end();
2666            ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) {
2667         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New,
2668                                                  SourceLocation(),
2669                                                  SourceLocation(), 0,
2670                                                  *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0,
2671                                                  SC_None,
2672                                                  0);
2673         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2674         Param->setImplicit();
2675         Params.push_back(Param);
2676       }
2677 
2678       New->setParams(Params);
2679     }
2680 
2681     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2682   }
2683 
2684   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2685   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2686   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2687   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2688   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2689   // the prototype.
2690   //
2691   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2692   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2693   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2694   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2695   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2696       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2697       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2698       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2699     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2700     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2701     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2702       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2703     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2704       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2705 
2706     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2707     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
2708                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
2709     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2710     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2711          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2712       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2713       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2714       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2715                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
2716         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2717       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2718                                             NewParm->getType(),
2719                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2720         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
2721                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
2722         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2723         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2724       } else
2725         LooseCompatible = false;
2726     }
2727 
2728     if (LooseCompatible) {
2729       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2730         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2731              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2732           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2733           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2734         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2735           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2736                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2737       }
2738 
2739       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2740         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
2741                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2742       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2743     }
2744 
2745     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2746   }
2747 
2748   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
2749   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
2750 
2751   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
2752   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
2753   unsigned BuiltinID;
2754   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
2755     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
2756     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
2757     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2758       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2759       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2760         << Old << Old->getType();
2761 
2762       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
2763       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
2764       //
2765       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
2766       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
2767       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
2768       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
2769       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
2770       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2771         New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2772 
2773       return false;
2774     }
2775 
2776     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2777   }
2778 
2779   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2780   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2781   return true;
2782 }
2783 
2784 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2785 /// known to be compatible.
2786 ///
2787 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2788 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
2789 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2790 /// redeclaration of Old.
2791 ///
2792 /// \returns false
2793 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2794                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2795   // Merge the attributes
2796   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2797 
2798   // Merge "pure" flag.
2799   if (Old->isPure())
2800     New->setPure();
2801 
2802   // Merge "used" flag.
2803   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
2804     New->setIsUsed();
2805 
2806   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
2807   // declarations.
2808   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
2809     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
2810       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
2811                                *this);
2812 
2813   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2814     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
2815 
2816   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
2817   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
2818   // was visible.
2819   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
2820   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
2821     New->setType(Merged);
2822 
2823   return false;
2824 }
2825 
2826 
2827 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
2828                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
2829 
2830   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
2831   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
2832     isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
2833                                                    : AMK_Override;
2834   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
2835 
2836   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
2837   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
2838                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
2839   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
2840          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
2841        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
2842     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
2843 
2844   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
2845 }
2846 
2847 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
2848 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
2849 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2850 ///
2851 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
2852 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
2853 /// is attached.
2854 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
2855                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2856   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
2857     return;
2858 
2859   QualType MergedT;
2860   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2861     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
2862       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
2863       return;
2864     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
2865       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
2866       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
2867     }
2868     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
2869     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
2870     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
2871     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
2872     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
2873     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
2874              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
2875       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2876       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2877       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2878                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2879         MergedT = New->getType();
2880     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
2881                New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
2882       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2883       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2884       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2885                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2886         MergedT = Old->getType();
2887     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2888                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
2889       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
2890                                               Old->getType());
2891     }
2892   } else {
2893     // C 6.2.7p2:
2894     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
2895     //   compatible type.
2896     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
2897   }
2898   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
2899     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
2900     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
2901     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
2902     // equivalent.
2903     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
2904     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
2905          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2906       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
2907       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
2908       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
2909       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
2910         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
2911       return;
2912     }
2913 
2914     // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration
2915     // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance:
2916     //
2917     //   extern int arr[];
2918     //   void f() { extern int arr[2]; }
2919     //   void g() { extern int arr[3]; }
2920     //
2921     // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try
2922     // to diagnose it.
2923     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
2924       << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
2925     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2926     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2927   }
2928 
2929   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
2930   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
2931   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2932     New->setType(MergedT);
2933 }
2934 
2935 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
2936                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
2937   // C11 6.2.7p4:
2938   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
2939   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
2940   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
2941   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
2942   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
2943   //
2944   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
2945   if (Previous.isShadowed())
2946     return false;
2947 
2948   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2949     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
2950     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
2951     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
2952     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
2953     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
2954            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
2955             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
2956   } else {
2957     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
2958     // type unless we're in the same function.
2959     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
2960            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
2961   }
2962 }
2963 
2964 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
2965 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
2966 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2967 ///
2968 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
2969 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
2970 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
2971 ///
2972 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
2973   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
2974   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2975     return;
2976 
2977   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
2978 
2979   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
2980   VarDecl *Old = 0;
2981   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = 0;
2982   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
2983     if (NewTemplate) {
2984       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
2985       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : 0;
2986     } else
2987       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
2988   }
2989   if (!Old) {
2990     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2991       << New->getDeclName();
2992     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
2993          diag::note_previous_definition);
2994     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2995   }
2996 
2997   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
2998     return;
2999 
3000   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
3001   if (NewTemplate &&
3002       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3003                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3004                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
3005     return;
3006 
3007   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3008   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3009   //
3010   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3011   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3012     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3013       << New->getIdentifier();
3014     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3015     New->setInvalidDecl();
3016   }
3017 
3018   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3019   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3020   // declaration
3021   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3022       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3023       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3024     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3025     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3026     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3027     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3028   }
3029 
3030   // Merge the types.
3031   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3032 
3033   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3034     return;
3035 
3036   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3037   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3038       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3039       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3040     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName();
3041     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3042     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3043   }
3044   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3045   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3046   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3047   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3048   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3049   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3050   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3051   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3052   //   identifier has external linkage.
3053   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3054     /* Okay */;
3055   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3056            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3057            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3058     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3059     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3060     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3061   }
3062 
3063   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3064   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3065       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3066     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3067     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3068     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3069   }
3070   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() &&
3071       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3072     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3073     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3074     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3075   }
3076 
3077   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3078 
3079   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3080   // need to check for mismatches.
3081   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3082       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3083       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3084         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3085     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3086     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3087     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3088   }
3089 
3090   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3091     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3092       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3093       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3094     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3095       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3096       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3097     } else {
3098       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3099       // static and dynamic initialization.
3100       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3101       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3102       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3103         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3104       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3105     }
3106   }
3107 
3108   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3109   const VarDecl *Def;
3110   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3111       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
3112       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3113     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3114     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3115     New->setInvalidDecl();
3116     return;
3117   }
3118 
3119   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3120     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3121     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3122     New->setInvalidDecl();
3123     return;
3124   }
3125 
3126   // Merge "used" flag.
3127   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3128     New->setIsUsed();
3129 
3130   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3131   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3132   if (NewTemplate)
3133     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3134 
3135   // Inherit access appropriately.
3136   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3137   if (NewTemplate)
3138     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3139 }
3140 
3141 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3142 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3143 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3144                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3145   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3146 }
3147 
3148 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
3149   if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3150     return;
3151 
3152   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3153     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3154     // it is anonymous.
3155     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3156       return;
3157     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3158         S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3159     S.Context.setManglingNumber(
3160         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3161     return;
3162   }
3163 
3164   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3165   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3166   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
3167           S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(),
3168                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
3169     S.Context.setManglingNumber(
3170         Tag,
3171         MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3172   }
3173 }
3174 
3175 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3176 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3177 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3178 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3179                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3180                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3181                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3182   Decl *TagD = 0;
3183   TagDecl *Tag = 0;
3184   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3185       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3186       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3187       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3188       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3189     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3190 
3191     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3192       return 0;
3193 
3194     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3195     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3196     // it's a Type.
3197     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3198       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3199     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3200       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3201   }
3202 
3203   if (Tag) {
3204     HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S);
3205     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3206     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3207       return Tag;
3208   }
3209 
3210   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3211     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3212     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3213     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3214       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3215            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3216            << DS.getSourceRange();
3217   }
3218 
3219   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3220     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3221     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3222     if (Tag)
3223       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3224         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3225             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3226             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3227             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
3228     else
3229       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3230     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3231     return TagD;
3232   }
3233 
3234   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3235 
3236   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3237     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3238     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3239     if (TagD && !Tag)
3240       return 0;
3241     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3242   }
3243 
3244   CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3245   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3246     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3247   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3248       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3249     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3250     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3251     // or an explicit specialization.
3252     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3253     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3254       << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3255           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3256           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3257           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4)
3258       << SS.getRange();
3259     return 0;
3260   }
3261 
3262   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3263   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3264 
3265   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3266   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3267     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3268         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3269       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3270           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3271         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3272 
3273       DeclaresAnything = false;
3274     }
3275   }
3276 
3277   // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member.
3278   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3279       CurContext->isRecord() &&
3280       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3281     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct:
3282     //   struct STRUCT;
3283     // and
3284     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3285     RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3286     if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) ||
3287         (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
3288          DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) {
3289       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct)
3290         << DS.getSourceRange();
3291       return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3292     }
3293   }
3294 
3295   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3296   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3297       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3298     return TagD;
3299 
3300   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3301       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3302     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3303       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3304           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3305         DeclaresAnything = false;
3306 
3307   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3308     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3309     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3310       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3311         << DS.getSourceRange();
3312     else
3313       DeclaresAnything = false;
3314   }
3315 
3316   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3317       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3318     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3319       << Tag->getTagKind()
3320       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3321 
3322   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3323 
3324   // C 6.7/2:
3325   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3326   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3327   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3328   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3329   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3330   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3331   //   previous declaration.
3332   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3333     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3334     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3335     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3336     return TagD;
3337   }
3338 
3339   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3340   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3341   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3342   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3343   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3344   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3345   //
3346   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3347   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3348   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3349     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3350 
3351   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3352   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3353   // useless.
3354   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec())
3355     if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3356       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3357         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3358 
3359   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3360     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3361       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3362   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3363     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3364       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3365     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3366       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3367     // Restrict is covered above.
3368     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3369       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3370   }
3371 
3372   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3373   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3374   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3375   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3376     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3377     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3378         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3379         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3380         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3381         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3382       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
3383       while (attrs) {
3384         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3385         << attrs->getName()
3386         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3387             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3388             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
3389             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
3390         attrs = attrs->getNext();
3391       }
3392     }
3393   }
3394 
3395   return TagD;
3396 }
3397 
3398 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3399 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3400 ///
3401 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3402 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3403                                          Scope *S,
3404                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3405                                          DeclarationName Name,
3406                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3407                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3408   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3409                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3410   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3411 
3412   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3413     return false;
3414 
3415   // Pick a representative declaration.
3416   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3417   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3418 
3419   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3420     return false;
3421 
3422   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3423   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3424 
3425   return true;
3426 }
3427 
3428 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3429 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3430 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3431 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3432 /// struct, e.g.,
3433 ///
3434 /// @code
3435 /// union {
3436 ///   int i;
3437 ///   float f;
3438 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3439 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3440 /// @endcode
3441 ///
3442 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3443 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3444 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3445                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3446                                          RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3447                                          AccessSpecifier AS,
3448                                          SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining,
3449                                          bool MSAnonStruct) {
3450   unsigned diagKind
3451     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3452                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3453 
3454   bool Invalid = false;
3455 
3456   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3457   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
3458     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
3459         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
3460       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3461       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3462                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3463         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3464         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3465         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3466         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3467         Invalid = true;
3468       } else {
3469         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3470         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3471         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3472         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3473         //   anonymous union is declared.
3474         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3475         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3476           for (auto *PI : IF->chain())
3477             Chaining.push_back(PI);
3478         else
3479           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3480 
3481         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3482         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3483           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3484         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3485           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3486 
3487         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
3488           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
3489                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
3490                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3491 
3492         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3493         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3494         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3495 
3496         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3497         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3498 
3499         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3500       }
3501     }
3502   }
3503 
3504   return Invalid;
3505 }
3506 
3507 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3508 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3509 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3510 static StorageClass
3511 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3512   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3513   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3514          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3515   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3516   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3517   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3518     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3519       return SC_None;
3520     return SC_Extern;
3521   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3522   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3523   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3524   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3525     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3526   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3527   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3528   }
3529   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3530 }
3531 
3532 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
3533   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
3534 
3535   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
3536     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
3537     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
3538       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
3539     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
3540       return FD->getLocation();
3541   }
3542 
3543   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
3544 }
3545 
3546 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3547                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
3548   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3549     return;
3550 
3551   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
3552   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
3553 }
3554 
3555 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3556                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
3557   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3558     return;
3559 
3560   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
3561 }
3562 
3563 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
3564 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
3565 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
3566 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
3567 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3568                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
3569                                         RecordDecl *Record,
3570                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3571   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
3572 
3573   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
3574   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
3575     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
3576   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3577     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
3578   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
3579     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
3580 
3581   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
3582   // structs/unions.
3583   bool Invalid = false;
3584   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3585     const char* PrevSpec = 0;
3586     unsigned DiagID;
3587     if (Record->isUnion()) {
3588       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3589       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
3590       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
3591       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
3592           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
3593            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
3594             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
3595         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
3596           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
3597 
3598         // Recover by adding 'static'.
3599         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
3600                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
3601       }
3602       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3603       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
3604       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
3605       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
3606                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3607         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3608              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
3609           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3610 
3611         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
3612         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
3613                                SourceLocation(),
3614                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3615       }
3616     }
3617 
3618     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
3619     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3620       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3621         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3622           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
3623           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
3624       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3625         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
3626              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3627           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
3628           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
3629       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3630         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3631              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3632           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
3633           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
3634       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3635         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
3636              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3637           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
3638           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
3639 
3640       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
3641     }
3642 
3643     // C++ [class.union]p2:
3644     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
3645     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
3646     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
3647     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
3648       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
3649         // C++ [class.union]p3:
3650         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
3651         //   members (clause 11).
3652         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
3653         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
3654           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
3655             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
3656           Invalid = true;
3657         }
3658 
3659         // C++ [class.union]p1
3660         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
3661         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
3662         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
3663         //   array of such objects.
3664         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
3665           Invalid = true;
3666       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
3667         // Any implicit members are fine.
3668       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
3669         // This is a type that showed up in an
3670         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
3671         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
3672         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
3673       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
3674         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3675             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
3676           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3677           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
3678             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3679               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3680           else {
3681             // This is a nested type declaration.
3682             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3683               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3684             Invalid = true;
3685           }
3686         } else {
3687           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
3688           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
3689           // not part of standard C++.
3690           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
3691                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
3692             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3693         }
3694       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
3695         // Any access specifier is fine.
3696       } else {
3697         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
3698         // member. Complain about it.
3699         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
3700         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
3701           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
3702         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
3703           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
3704         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
3705           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
3706 
3707         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3708         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
3709             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3710           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3711             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3712         else {
3713           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK)
3714               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3715           Invalid = true;
3716         }
3717       }
3718     }
3719 
3720     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
3721     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
3722     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
3723     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
3724         Owner->isRecord())
3725       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
3726                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
3727   }
3728 
3729   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
3730     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
3731       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3732     Invalid = true;
3733   }
3734 
3735   // Mock up a declarator.
3736   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
3737   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3738   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
3739 
3740   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
3741   NamedDecl *Anon = 0;
3742   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3743     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
3744                              DS.getLocStart(),
3745                              Record->getLocation(),
3746                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3747                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3748                              TInfo,
3749                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3750                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3751     Anon->setAccess(AS);
3752     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3753       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
3754   } else {
3755     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3756     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
3757     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
3758       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
3759       // an error here
3760       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3761       Invalid = true;
3762       SC = SC_None;
3763     }
3764 
3765     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
3766                            DS.getLocStart(),
3767                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3768                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3769                            TInfo, SC);
3770 
3771     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
3772     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
3773     // initializer:
3774     //   union { int n = 0; };
3775     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
3776   }
3777   Anon->setImplicit();
3778 
3779   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
3780   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
3781 
3782   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
3783   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
3784   // its members.
3785   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
3786 
3787   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
3788   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3789   // purposes.
3790   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3791   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3792 
3793   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
3794                                           Chain, false))
3795     Invalid = true;
3796 
3797   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
3798     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
3799       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3800       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
3801               getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
3802                                             ManglingContextDecl)) {
3803         Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3804         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
3805       }
3806     }
3807   }
3808 
3809   if (Invalid)
3810     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3811 
3812   return Anon;
3813 }
3814 
3815 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
3816 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
3817 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
3818 /// Example:
3819 ///
3820 /// struct A { int a; };
3821 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
3822 ///
3823 /// void foo() {
3824 ///   B var;
3825 ///   var.a = 3;
3826 /// }
3827 ///
3828 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3829                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
3830 
3831   // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef.
3832   if (!Record)
3833     Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl();
3834 
3835   // Mock up a declarator.
3836   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
3837   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3838   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
3839 
3840   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
3841   NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
3842                              cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
3843                              DS.getLocStart(),
3844                              DS.getLocStart(),
3845                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3846                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3847                              TInfo,
3848                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3849                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3850   Anon->setImplicit();
3851 
3852   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
3853   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
3854 
3855   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
3856   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3857   // purposes.
3858   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3859   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3860 
3861   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
3862   if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
3863                                                         RecordDef, AS_none,
3864                                                         Chain, true))
3865     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3866 
3867   return Anon;
3868 }
3869 
3870 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
3871 /// given Declarator.
3872 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
3873   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
3874 }
3875 
3876 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
3877 DeclarationNameInfo
3878 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
3879   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
3880   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3881 
3882   switch (Name.getKind()) {
3883 
3884   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
3885   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
3886     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
3887     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3888     return NameInfo;
3889 
3890   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
3891     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
3892                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
3893     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3894     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
3895       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
3896     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
3897       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
3898     return NameInfo;
3899 
3900   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
3901     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
3902                                                            Name.Identifier));
3903     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3904     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
3905     return NameInfo;
3906 
3907   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
3908     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3909     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
3910     if (Ty.isNull())
3911       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3912     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
3913                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3914     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3915     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3916     return NameInfo;
3917   }
3918 
3919   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
3920     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3921     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
3922     if (Ty.isNull())
3923       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3924     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3925                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3926     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3927     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3928     return NameInfo;
3929   }
3930 
3931   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
3932     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
3933     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
3934     // to find the actual type being constructed.
3935     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
3936     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
3937       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3938 
3939     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
3940     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
3941 
3942     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
3943     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
3944     // was qualified.
3945 
3946     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3947                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
3948     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3949     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
3950     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0);
3951     return NameInfo;
3952   }
3953 
3954   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
3955     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3956     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
3957     if (Ty.isNull())
3958       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3959     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
3960                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3961     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3962     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3963     return NameInfo;
3964   }
3965 
3966   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
3967     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
3968     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
3969     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
3970   }
3971 
3972   } // switch (Name.getKind())
3973 
3974   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
3975 }
3976 
3977 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
3978   do {
3979     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
3980       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
3981     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
3982       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
3983     else
3984       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
3985   } while (true);
3986 }
3987 
3988 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
3989 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
3990 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
3991 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
3992 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
3993 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
3994 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
3995 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
3996                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
3997                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
3998                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
3999   Params.clear();
4000   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
4001     return false;
4002   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
4003     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4004     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4005 
4006     // The parameter types are identical
4007     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
4008       continue;
4009 
4010     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
4011     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
4012     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4013     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4014 
4015     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4016         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4017       Params.push_back(Idx);
4018     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4019       return false;
4020   }
4021 
4022   return true;
4023 }
4024 
4025 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4026 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4027 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4028 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4029 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4030 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4031                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4032   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4033   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4034   //   - types which will become injected class names
4035   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4036   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4037   // few cases here.
4038 
4039   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4040   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4041   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4042   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4043   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4044   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4045     // Grab the type from the parser.
4046     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0;
4047     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4048     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4049 
4050     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4051     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4052     // attached already.
4053     if (!TSI)
4054       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4055 
4056     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4057     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4058     if (!TSI) return true;
4059 
4060     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4061     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4062     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4063     break;
4064   }
4065 
4066   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4067   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4068     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4069     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4070     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4071     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4072     break;
4073   }
4074 
4075   default:
4076     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4077     break;
4078   }
4079 
4080   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4081   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4082     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4083 
4084     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4085     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4086     // pointer.
4087     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4088       continue;
4089 
4090     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4091     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4092     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4093       return true;
4094   }
4095 
4096   return false;
4097 }
4098 
4099 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4100   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4101   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4102 
4103   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4104       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4105     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4106 
4107   return Dcl;
4108 }
4109 
4110 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4111 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4112 ///   name different from T:
4113 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4114 ///     - every member function of class T
4115 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4116 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4117 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4118                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4119   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4120 
4121   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
4122     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4123       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4124       return true;
4125     }
4126 
4127   return false;
4128 }
4129 
4130 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4131 /// nested-name-specifier.
4132 ///
4133 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4134 ///
4135 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4136 /// resolves.
4137 ///
4138 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4139 ///
4140 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4141 ///
4142 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4143 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4144                                         DeclarationName Name,
4145                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4146   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4147   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4148     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4149 
4150   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4151   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4152   //
4153   // class X {
4154   //   void X::f();
4155   // };
4156   //
4157   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4158   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4159   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4160     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4161       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4162                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4163         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4164       SS.clear();
4165     } else {
4166       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4167     }
4168     return false;
4169   }
4170 
4171   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4172   // declaration.
4173   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4174     if (Cur->isRecord())
4175       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4176         << Name << SS.getRange();
4177     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4178       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4179         << Name << SS.getRange();
4180     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4181       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4182         << Name << SS.getRange();
4183     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4184       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4185         << Name << SS.getRange();
4186     else
4187       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4188       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4189 
4190     return true;
4191   }
4192 
4193   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4194     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4195     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4196       << Name << SS.getRange();
4197     SS.clear();
4198 
4199     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4200     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4201     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4202     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4203          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4204         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4205                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4206       return true;
4207 
4208     return false;
4209   }
4210 
4211   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4212   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4213   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4214   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4215   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4216     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4217   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4218         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4219     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4220       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4221 
4222   return false;
4223 }
4224 
4225 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4226                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4227   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4228   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4229   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4230 
4231   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4232   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4233   if (!Name) {
4234     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4235       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4236            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4237         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4238     return 0;
4239   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4240     return 0;
4241 
4242   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4243   // we find one that is.
4244   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4245          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4246     S = S->getParent();
4247 
4248   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4249   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4250     D.setInvalidType();
4251   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4252     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4253                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4254       return 0;
4255 
4256     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4257     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4258     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
4259       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4260       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4261       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4262       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4263       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4264            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4265         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4266         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4267       return 0;
4268     }
4269     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4270 
4271     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4272         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4273       return 0;
4274 
4275     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4276       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4277            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4278         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4279       D.setInvalidType();
4280     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4281       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4282                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4283         if (DC->isRecord())
4284           return 0;
4285 
4286         D.setInvalidType();
4287       }
4288     }
4289 
4290     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4291     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4292     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4293         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4294       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4295       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4296         D.setInvalidType();
4297     }
4298   }
4299 
4300   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4301     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4302     // Just return early; it's safer.
4303     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4304       return 0;
4305 
4306   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4307   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4308 
4309   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4310                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4311     D.setInvalidType();
4312 
4313   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4314                         ForRedeclaration);
4315 
4316   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4317   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4318     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4319     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
4320 
4321     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4322     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4323     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4324     //
4325     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
4326     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
4327     // the same name.
4328     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4329       /* Do nothing*/;
4330     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4331              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
4332               R->isFunctionType())) {
4333       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4334       CreateBuiltins =
4335           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4336     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4337                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4338       CreateBuiltins = true;
4339 
4340     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4341       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4342 
4343     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
4344   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4345     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4346 
4347     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4348     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4349     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4350     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4351     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4352     //  thereof; [...]
4353     //
4354     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4355     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4356     // we want to match. For example, given:
4357     //
4358     //   class X {
4359     //     void f();
4360     //     void f(float);
4361     //   };
4362     //
4363     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4364     //
4365     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4366     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4367     // matches.
4368 
4369     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4370     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4371     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4372     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4373     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4374   }
4375 
4376   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4377       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4378     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4379     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4380       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4381                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4382 
4383     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4384     Previous.clear();
4385   }
4386 
4387   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4388   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4389   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4390   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4391   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4392       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4393     Previous.clear();
4394 
4395   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4396   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4397   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4398     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4399 
4400   NamedDecl *New;
4401 
4402   bool AddToScope = true;
4403   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4404     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4405       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4406       return 0;
4407     }
4408 
4409     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4410   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4411     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4412                                   TemplateParamLists,
4413                                   AddToScope);
4414   } else {
4415     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
4416                                   AddToScope);
4417   }
4418 
4419   if (New == 0)
4420     return 0;
4421 
4422   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4423   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4424   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4425        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) {
4426     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
4427     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
4428     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
4429     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
4430     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
4431     if (!AddToContext)
4432       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
4433   }
4434 
4435   return New;
4436 }
4437 
4438 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4439 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4440 /// GCC compatibility).
4441 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4442                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4443                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4444                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4445   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4446   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4447   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4448   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4449   SizeIsNegative = false;
4450   Oversized = 0;
4451 
4452   if (T->isDependentType())
4453     return QualType();
4454 
4455   QualifierCollector Qs;
4456   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4457 
4458   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4459     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4460     QualType FixedType =
4461         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4462                                             Oversized);
4463     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4464     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4465     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4466   }
4467   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4468     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4469     QualType FixedType =
4470         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4471                                             Oversized);
4472     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4473     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4474     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4475   }
4476 
4477   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4478   if (!VLATy)
4479     return QualType();
4480   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4481   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4482     return QualType();
4483 
4484   llvm::APSInt Res;
4485   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4486       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4487     return QualType();
4488 
4489   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4490   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4491     SizeIsNegative = true;
4492     return QualType();
4493   }
4494 
4495   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4496   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4497     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4498                                               Res);
4499   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
4500     Oversized = Res;
4501     return QualType();
4502   }
4503 
4504   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
4505                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
4506 }
4507 
4508 static void
4509 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
4510   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
4511     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
4512     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
4513                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
4514     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
4515     return;
4516   }
4517   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
4518     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
4519     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
4520                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
4521     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
4522     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
4523     return;
4524   }
4525   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4526   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4527   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
4528   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
4529   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
4530   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
4531   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
4532   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
4533 }
4534 
4535 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4536 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4537 /// GCC compatibility).
4538 static TypeSourceInfo*
4539 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4540                                               ASTContext &Context,
4541                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
4542                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4543   QualType FixedTy
4544     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
4545                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
4546   if (FixedTy.isNull())
4547     return 0;
4548   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
4549   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
4550                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
4551   return FixedTInfo;
4552 }
4553 
4554 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
4555 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
4556 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
4557 /// function-scope declarations.
4558 void
4559 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
4560   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4561       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
4562     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
4563     return;
4564 
4565   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
4566   // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked
4567   // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C.
4568   LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
4569 }
4570 
4571 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
4572   if (ExternalSource) {
4573     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
4574     // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls?
4575     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
4576     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls);
4577     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4578       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4579         = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
4580       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end())
4581         LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
4582     }
4583   }
4584 
4585   NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name);
4586   return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : 0;
4587 }
4588 
4589 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
4590 /// does not identify a function.
4591 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4592   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
4593   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
4594   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4595     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
4596          diag::err_inline_non_function);
4597 
4598   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
4599     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4600          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
4601 
4602   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
4603     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4604          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
4605 
4606   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
4607     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
4608          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
4609 }
4610 
4611 NamedDecl*
4612 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
4613                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
4614   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4615   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4616     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
4617       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4618     D.setInvalidType();
4619     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
4620     DC = CurContext;
4621     Previous.clear();
4622   }
4623 
4624   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4625 
4626   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4627     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
4628       << 1;
4629 
4630   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
4631     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
4632       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
4633     return 0;
4634   }
4635 
4636   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
4637   if (!NewTD) return 0;
4638 
4639   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4640   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
4641 
4642   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
4643 
4644   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
4645   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
4646   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
4647   return ND;
4648 }
4649 
4650 void
4651 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4652   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
4653   // then it shall have block scope.
4654   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
4655   // that redeclarations will match.
4656   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
4657   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4658   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
4659     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4660 
4661     if (S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4662       bool SizeIsNegative;
4663       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4664       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
4665         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
4666                                                       SizeIsNegative,
4667                                                       Oversized);
4668       if (FixedTInfo) {
4669         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4670         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
4671       } else {
4672         if (SizeIsNegative)
4673           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
4674         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
4675           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
4676         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
4677           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
4678             << Oversized.toString(10);
4679         else
4680           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4681         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
4682       }
4683     }
4684   }
4685 }
4686 
4687 
4688 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
4689 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
4690 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
4691 NamedDecl*
4692 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
4693                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
4694   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
4695   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
4696   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
4697                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
4698   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous);
4699   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4700     Redeclaration = true;
4701     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
4702   }
4703 
4704   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
4705   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
4706     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4707         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
4708       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
4709         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
4710       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
4711         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4712       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
4713         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4714       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
4715         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
4716     }
4717 
4718   return NewTD;
4719 }
4720 
4721 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
4722 /// previous declaration.
4723 ///
4724 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
4725 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
4726 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
4727 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
4728 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
4729 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
4730 ///
4731 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
4732 /// lookup
4733 ///
4734 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
4735 /// declared.
4736 ///
4737 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
4738 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
4739 static bool
4740 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
4741                                 ASTContext &Context) {
4742   if (!PrevDecl)
4743     return false;
4744 
4745   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
4746     return false;
4747 
4748   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4749     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
4750     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
4751     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
4752     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
4753     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
4754     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
4755     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
4756     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4757       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
4758       return false;
4759 
4760     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
4761     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
4762       // We found a member function: ignore it.
4763       return false;
4764 
4765     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
4766     // previous declarations.
4767     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4768     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4769 
4770     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
4771     // isn't the same function.
4772     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
4773       return false;
4774   }
4775 
4776   return true;
4777 }
4778 
4779 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
4780   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4781   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
4782   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
4783 }
4784 
4785 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
4786   QualType type = decl->getType();
4787   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
4788   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
4789     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
4790     unsigned kind = -1U;
4791     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4792       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4793         kind = 0; // __block
4794       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
4795         kind = 1; // global
4796     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
4797       kind = 3; // ivar
4798     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
4799       kind = 2; // field
4800     }
4801 
4802     if (kind != -1U) {
4803       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
4804         << kind;
4805     }
4806   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
4807     // Try to infer lifetime.
4808     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
4809       return false;
4810 
4811     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
4812     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
4813     decl->setType(type);
4814   }
4815 
4816   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4817     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
4818     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
4819         var->getTLSKind()) {
4820       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
4821         << var->getType();
4822       return true;
4823     }
4824   }
4825 
4826   return false;
4827 }
4828 
4829 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
4830   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
4831   // the wrong linkage.
4832   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
4833 
4834   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
4835   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
4836     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4837       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
4838       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
4839     }
4840   }
4841   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
4842     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4843       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
4844       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
4845     }
4846   }
4847 
4848   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations.
4849   // It does not apply to functions.
4850   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
4851     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4852       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
4853       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
4854     }
4855   }
4856 }
4857 
4858 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
4859 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
4860 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
4861 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
4862   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
4863 
4864   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
4865   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
4866 
4867   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
4868   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
4869     return false;
4870 
4871   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
4872 
4873 #ifndef NDEBUG
4874   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
4875   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
4876   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
4877   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
4878   FD->setLazyBody(1);
4879 #endif
4880 
4881   bool isC99Inline = (S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_C99Inline);
4882 
4883 #ifndef NDEBUG
4884   FD->setLazyBody(0);
4885 #endif
4886 
4887   return isC99Inline;
4888 }
4889 
4890 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
4891 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
4892 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
4893 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
4894 ///
4895 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
4896 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
4897 ///
4898 /// For instance:
4899 ///
4900 ///   auto x = []{};
4901 ///
4902 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
4903 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
4904 ///
4905 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
4906 template<typename T>
4907 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
4908   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4909     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
4910     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
4911       return false;
4912   }
4913   return D->isExternC();
4914 }
4915 
4916 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
4917   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
4918   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4919     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
4920   if (DC->isFileContext())
4921     return true;
4922   if (DC->isRecord())
4923     return false;
4924   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
4925 }
4926 
4927 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
4928   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
4929   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4930     return true;
4931   if (DC->isRecord())
4932     return false;
4933   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
4934 }
4935 
4936 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
4937 /// function-local external declaration.
4938 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
4939   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4940     return false;
4941 
4942   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
4943   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
4944   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
4945   if (DC->isDependentContext())
4946     return true;
4947 
4948   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
4949   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
4950   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
4951   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
4952   //
4953   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
4954   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
4955   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
4956     DC = DC->getParent();
4957   return true;
4958 }
4959 
4960 NamedDecl *
4961 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
4962                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
4963                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
4964                               bool &AddToScope) {
4965   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4966   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
4967 
4968   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
4969   VarDecl::StorageClass SC =
4970     StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
4971 
4972   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
4973   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
4974                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
4975 
4976   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
4977     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
4978     QualType NR = R;
4979     while (NR->isPointerType()) {
4980       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
4981         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable);
4982         D.setInvalidType();
4983         break;
4984       }
4985       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
4986     }
4987 
4988     if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
4989       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
4990       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
4991       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
4992         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
4993         D.setInvalidType();
4994       }
4995     }
4996   }
4997 
4998   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4999     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5000     // an error here
5001     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5002     D.setInvalidType();
5003     SC = SC_None;
5004   }
5005 
5006   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
5007       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
5008                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
5009     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
5010     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
5011     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
5012     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5013          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
5014       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5015   }
5016 
5017   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5018   if (!II) {
5019     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
5020       << Name;
5021     return 0;
5022   }
5023 
5024   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5025 
5026   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) {
5027     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
5028     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
5029     if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) {
5030       // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this
5031       // is a GNU extension.
5032       if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel())
5033         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register);
5034       else
5035         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
5036       D.setInvalidType();
5037     }
5038   }
5039 
5040   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5041     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
5042     // OpenCL __local address space.
5043     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
5044       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
5045     }
5046 
5047     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
5048     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
5049     // space qualifiers.
5050     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
5051       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
5052       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
5053     }
5054 
5055     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
5056     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5057     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
5058     // address space qualifiers.
5059     if (R->isEventT()) {
5060       if (S->getParent() == 0) {
5061         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
5062         D.setInvalidType();
5063       }
5064 
5065       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
5066         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
5067         D.setInvalidType();
5068       }
5069     }
5070   }
5071 
5072   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
5073   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
5074   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
5075   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
5076   VarDecl *NewVD = 0;
5077   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = 0;
5078   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 0;
5079   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5080     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5081                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
5082                             R, TInfo, SC);
5083 
5084     if (D.isInvalidType())
5085       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5086   } else {
5087     bool Invalid = false;
5088 
5089     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5090       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
5091       switch (SC) {
5092       case SC_None:
5093         break;
5094       case SC_Static:
5095         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5096              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5097           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5098         break;
5099       case SC_Auto:
5100       case SC_Register:
5101       case SC_Extern:
5102         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
5103         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
5104         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
5105         // of class members
5106 
5107         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5108              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
5109           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5110         break;
5111       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5112         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
5113       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5114         llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!");
5115       }
5116     }
5117 
5118     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
5119       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
5120         if (RD->isLocalClass())
5121           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5122                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
5123             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
5124 
5125         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
5126         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
5127         if (RD->isUnion())
5128           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5129                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5130                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
5131                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
5132         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
5133         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
5134           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5135                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
5136             << Name << RD->isUnion();
5137       }
5138     }
5139 
5140     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5141     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5142     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5143         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5144         D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists,
5145         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
5146 
5147     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId &&
5148         !TemplateParams) {
5149       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
5150 
5151       // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
5152       // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
5153       // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
5154       // too few of them).
5155       // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations
5156       // (starting with "template") and the rest.
5157       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
5158           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
5159           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5160                                         "template<> ");
5161       IsExplicitSpecialization = true;
5162       TemplateParams = TemplateParameterList::Create(Context, SourceLocation(),
5163                                                      SourceLocation(), 0, 0,
5164                                                      SourceLocation());
5165     }
5166 
5167     if (TemplateParams) {
5168       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
5169           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5170         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
5171         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
5172         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5173              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
5174           << II
5175           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5176                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
5177         TemplateParams = 0;
5178       } else {
5179         // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
5180         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5181              getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y
5182                  ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
5183                  : diag::ext_variable_template);
5184 
5185         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5186           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
5187           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
5188           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5189           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
5190         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
5191           // This is a template declaration.
5192           IsVariableTemplate = true;
5193 
5194           // Check that we can declare a template here.
5195           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5196             return 0;
5197         }
5198       }
5199     }
5200 
5201     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5202       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
5203           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
5204               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
5205               : SourceLocation();
5206       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5207           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
5208           IsPartialSpecialization);
5209       if (Res.isInvalid())
5210         return 0;
5211       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
5212       AddToScope = false;
5213     } else
5214       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5215                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
5216 
5217     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
5218     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
5219       NewTemplate =
5220           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
5221                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
5222       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
5223     }
5224 
5225     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
5226     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
5227     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5228       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5229 
5230     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
5231       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5232       if (NewTemplate)
5233         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5234     }
5235 
5236     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
5237 
5238     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
5239     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
5240     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
5241     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
5242       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
5243           Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists,
5244           TemplateParamLists.data());
5245 
5246     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5247       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
5248   }
5249 
5250   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
5251   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5252   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5253   if (NewTemplate)
5254     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5255 
5256   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
5257     NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
5258 
5259   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
5260     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) {
5261       // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
5262       //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
5263       //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
5264       //   explicitly.
5265       // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
5266       //   'extern'.
5267       if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
5268           TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local &&
5269           DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5270         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5271       else
5272         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5273              diag::err_thread_non_global)
5274           << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5275     } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
5276       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5277            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5278     else
5279       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5280   }
5281 
5282   // C99 6.7.4p3
5283   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
5284   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
5285   //   thread storage duration...
5286   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
5287   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
5288   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
5289   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
5290   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
5291   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
5292       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
5293     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
5294     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
5295       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5296            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
5297       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
5298     }
5299   }
5300 
5301   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5302     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5303       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5304           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
5305           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5306                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5307     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
5308       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5309         << 2
5310         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5311     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
5312       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
5313         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
5314         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
5315         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5316     else {
5317       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
5318       if (NewTemplate)
5319         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5320     }
5321   }
5322 
5323   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5324   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
5325 
5326   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
5327     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
5328 
5329   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5330     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
5331     // storage [duration]."
5332     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
5333         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
5334          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
5335       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
5336     }
5337   }
5338 
5339   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
5340   // retainable type.
5341   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
5342     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5343 
5344   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5345   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
5346     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5347     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5348     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
5349     if (S->getFnParent() != 0) {
5350       switch (SC) {
5351       case SC_None:
5352       case SC_Auto:
5353         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
5354         break;
5355       case SC_Register:
5356         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5357           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5358         break;
5359       case SC_Static:
5360       case SC_Extern:
5361       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5362       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5363         break;
5364       }
5365     }
5366 
5367     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
5368                                                 Context, Label, 0));
5369   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5370     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5371       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
5372     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5373       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
5374       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5375     }
5376   }
5377 
5378   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
5379   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty())
5380     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
5381 
5382   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
5383   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
5384   // declaration has linkage).
5385   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
5386                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
5387                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
5388                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
5389 
5390   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
5391   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
5392   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5393       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
5394     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
5395         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
5396         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
5397 
5398   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5399     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5400   } else {
5401     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
5402     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5403         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
5404       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5405 
5406     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
5407     if (!Previous.empty()) {
5408       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5409           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
5410           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5411         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
5412         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5413         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
5414           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5415         Previous.clear();
5416         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5417       }
5418     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5419       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
5420       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
5421         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
5422         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5423       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5424     }
5425 
5426     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5427       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5428 
5429     if (NewTemplate) {
5430       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
5431           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
5432               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
5433               : 0;
5434 
5435       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
5436       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
5437       // template declaration.
5438       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
5439               TemplateParams,
5440               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
5441                               : 0,
5442               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5443                DC->isDependentContext())
5444                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5445                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
5446         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5447 
5448       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
5449       // template, make a note of that.
5450       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
5451           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
5452         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
5453     }
5454   }
5455 
5456   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
5457 
5458   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
5459   // the map of such variables.
5460   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5461       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
5462     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
5463 
5464   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5465     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
5466     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
5467             getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
5468                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
5469       Context.setManglingNumber(
5470           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
5471       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
5472     }
5473   }
5474 
5475   if (NewTemplate) {
5476     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5477       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5478     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
5479     return NewTemplate;
5480   }
5481 
5482   return NewVD;
5483 }
5484 
5485 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
5486 /// -Wshadow.
5487 ///
5488 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
5489 /// scope.
5490 ///
5491 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
5492 /// \param R the lookup of the name
5493 ///
5494 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
5495   // Return if warning is ignored.
5496   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) ==
5497         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5498     return;
5499 
5500   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
5501   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
5502     return;
5503 
5504   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
5505 
5506   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
5507   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
5508     return;
5509 
5510   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
5511   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5512     return;
5513 
5514   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
5515   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5516     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
5517       if (MD->isStatic())
5518         return;
5519 
5520   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5521     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
5522       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
5523       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
5524       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
5525         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
5526           ShadowedDecl = I;
5527           break;
5528         }
5529     }
5530 
5531   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
5532 
5533   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
5534   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
5535     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
5536     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
5537       return;
5538 
5539     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
5540     // static data members from base classes?
5541 
5542     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
5543     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
5544     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
5545   }
5546 
5547   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
5548   unsigned Kind;
5549   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
5550     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5551       Kind = 3; // field
5552     else
5553       Kind = 2; // static data member
5554   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
5555     Kind = 1; // global
5556   else
5557     Kind = 0; // local
5558 
5559   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
5560 
5561   // Emit warning and note.
5562   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
5563     return;
5564   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
5565   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5566 }
5567 
5568 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
5569 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
5570   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) ==
5571         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5572     return;
5573 
5574   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
5575                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
5576   LookupName(R, S);
5577   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
5578 }
5579 
5580 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
5581 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
5582 template<typename T>
5583 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
5584     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
5585   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
5586   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
5587 
5588   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5589     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
5590     // declaration.
5591     return false;
5592   }
5593 
5594   if (Prev) {
5595     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5596       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
5597       // redeclaration.
5598       Previous.clear();
5599       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5600       return true;
5601     }
5602 
5603     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
5604     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
5605     // declaration.
5606     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
5607       return false;
5608   } else {
5609     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
5610     // translation unit which might conflict.
5611     if (IsGlobal) {
5612       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
5613       IsGlobal = false;
5614       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
5615            I != E; ++I) {
5616         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5617           Prev = *I;
5618           break;
5619         }
5620       }
5621     } else {
5622       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
5623           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
5624       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
5625            I != E; ++I) {
5626         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5627           Prev = *I;
5628           break;
5629         }
5630         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
5631         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
5632         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
5633         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
5634         // diagnostic.
5635       }
5636     }
5637 
5638     if (!Prev)
5639       return false;
5640   }
5641 
5642   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
5643   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
5644   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
5645   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
5646     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
5647   else
5648     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
5649 
5650   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
5651     << IsGlobal << ND;
5652   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
5653     << IsGlobal;
5654   return false;
5655 }
5656 
5657 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
5658 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
5659 ///
5660 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
5661 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
5662 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
5663 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
5664 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
5665 template<typename T>
5666 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
5667                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
5668   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5669     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
5670     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
5671     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
5672     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5673       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
5674         Previous.clear();
5675         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5676         return true;
5677       }
5678     }
5679     return false;
5680   }
5681 
5682   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
5683   // declaration.
5684   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5685     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
5686 
5687   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
5688   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
5689   // in another scope.
5690   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
5691     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
5692 
5693   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
5694   return false;
5695 }
5696 
5697 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
5698   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
5699   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5700     return;
5701 
5702   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5703   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5704 
5705   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
5706   if (T->isUndeducedType())
5707     return;
5708 
5709   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
5710     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
5711       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
5712     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5713     NewVD->setType(T);
5714   }
5715 
5716   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
5717   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
5718   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
5719   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
5720   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
5721     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
5722     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5723     return;
5724   }
5725 
5726   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
5727   // __constant address space.
5728   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
5729       && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
5730       && !T->isSamplerT()){
5731     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
5732     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5733     return;
5734   }
5735 
5736   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
5737   // scope.
5738   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
5739       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5740     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
5741     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5742     return;
5743   }
5744 
5745   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
5746       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5747     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
5748       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
5749     else {
5750       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
5751       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
5752     }
5753   }
5754 
5755   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
5756   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
5757       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5758     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5759 
5760   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
5761       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
5762     bool SizeIsNegative;
5763     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5764     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5765       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5766                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5767     if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
5768       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
5769       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
5770       // int a[10][n];
5771       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
5772 
5773       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
5774         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
5775         << SizeRange;
5776       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
5777         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
5778         << SizeRange;
5779       else
5780         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
5781         << SizeRange;
5782       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5783       return;
5784     }
5785 
5786     if (FixedTInfo == 0) {
5787       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
5788         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5789       else
5790         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
5791       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5792       return;
5793     }
5794 
5795     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5796     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
5797     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5798   }
5799 
5800   if (T->isVoidType()) {
5801     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
5802     //                    of objects and functions.
5803     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5804       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
5805         << T;
5806       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5807       return;
5808     }
5809   }
5810 
5811   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5812     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
5813     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5814     return;
5815   }
5816 
5817   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5818     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
5819     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5820     return;
5821   }
5822 
5823   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
5824       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
5825                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
5826     // Can't perform this check until the type is deduced.
5827     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5828     return;
5829   }
5830 }
5831 
5832 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
5833 /// declaration.
5834 ///
5835 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
5836 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
5837 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
5838 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
5839 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
5840 ///
5841 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
5842 ///
5843 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
5844 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
5845   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
5846 
5847   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
5848   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5849     return false;
5850 
5851   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
5852   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
5853   if (Previous.empty() &&
5854       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
5855     Previous.setShadowed();
5856 
5857   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
5858   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous);
5859 
5860   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5861     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
5862     return true;
5863   }
5864   return false;
5865 }
5866 
5867 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
5868 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
5869   Sema *S;
5870   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
5871 };
5872 
5873 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
5874 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
5875 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
5876 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
5877                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
5878                                  void *UserData) {
5879   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
5880 
5881   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
5882     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
5883 
5884   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
5885 
5886   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
5887   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5888     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
5889     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
5890     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
5891 
5892     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
5893   }
5894 
5895   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
5896        !Path.Decls.empty();
5897        Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
5898     NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
5899     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
5900       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
5901         return true;
5902     }
5903   }
5904 
5905   return false;
5906 }
5907 
5908 namespace {
5909   enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
5910 }
5911 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
5912 /// overriden methods.
5913 ///
5914 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
5915 /// \param MD the overriding method.
5916 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
5917 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
5918                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
5919   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
5920   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
5921                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
5922        I != E; ++I) {
5923     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
5924     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
5925     // out the diag loop 3 times.
5926     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
5927         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
5928         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
5929       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
5930   }
5931 }
5932 
5933 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
5934 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
5935 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
5936   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
5937   CXXBasePaths Paths;
5938   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
5939   Data.Method = MD;
5940   Data.S = this;
5941   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
5942   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
5943   bool AddedAny = false;
5944   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
5945     for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(),
5946          E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5947       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) {
5948         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
5949         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
5950             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
5951             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
5952             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
5953           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
5954           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
5955           AddedAny = true;
5956         }
5957       }
5958     }
5959   }
5960 
5961   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
5962     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
5963   }
5964   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
5965     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
5966   }
5967 
5968   return AddedAny;
5969 }
5970 
5971 namespace {
5972   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
5973   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
5974   struct ActOnFDArgs {
5975     Scope *S;
5976     Declarator &D;
5977     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
5978     bool AddToScope;
5979   };
5980 }
5981 
5982 namespace {
5983 
5984 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
5985 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
5986 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
5987  public:
5988   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
5989                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
5990       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
5991         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {}
5992 
5993   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
5994     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
5995       return false;
5996 
5997     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
5998     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
5999                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
6000          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6001       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6002 
6003       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6004           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6005         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6006           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
6007           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
6008             return true;
6009         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
6010           return true;
6011         }
6012       }
6013     }
6014 
6015     return false;
6016   }
6017 
6018  private:
6019   ASTContext &Context;
6020   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
6021   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
6022 };
6023 
6024 }
6025 
6026 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
6027 ///
6028 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
6029 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
6030 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
6031 /// the same name.
6032 ///
6033 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
6034 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
6035 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
6036     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6037     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
6038   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
6039   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
6040   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6041   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
6042   TypoCorrection Correction;
6043   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
6044   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
6045                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
6046   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
6047                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
6048                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6049                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6050 
6051   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6052   if (IsLocalFriend)
6053     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
6054   else
6055     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
6056   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
6057          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
6058   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6059   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
6060                                       MD ? MD->getParent() : 0);
6061   if (!Prev.empty()) {
6062     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
6063          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
6064       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
6065       if (FD &&
6066           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6067         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
6068         // involve a parameter
6069         unsigned ParamNum =
6070             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
6071         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
6072       }
6073     }
6074   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
6075   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
6076                  Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
6077                  &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), Validator,
6078                  IsLocalFriend ? 0 : NewDC))) {
6079     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
6080     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
6081                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6082     Previous.clear();
6083     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
6084     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
6085                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
6086          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6087       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6088       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6089           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6090         Previous.addDecl(FD);
6091       }
6092     }
6093     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
6094 
6095     NamedDecl *Result;
6096     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
6097     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
6098     {
6099       // Trap errors.
6100       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6101 
6102       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
6103       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
6104       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
6105       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
6106           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
6107           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
6108           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
6109           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
6110 
6111       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
6112         Result = 0;
6113     }
6114 
6115     if (Result) {
6116       // Determine which correction we picked.
6117       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
6118       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6119            I != E; ++I)
6120         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
6121           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
6122 
6123       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
6124           Correction,
6125           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
6126                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
6127                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
6128             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
6129       return Result;
6130     }
6131 
6132     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
6133     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
6134                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6135     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
6136     Previous.clear();
6137     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
6138   }
6139 
6140   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
6141       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
6142 
6143   bool NewFDisConst = false;
6144   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6145     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
6146 
6147   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
6148        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
6149        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
6150     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
6151     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6152     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
6153     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
6154 
6155     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
6156     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
6157       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
6158       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
6159       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
6160       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
6161                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
6162         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
6163         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
6164     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
6165       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
6166           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6167     } else
6168       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6169                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
6170                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
6171   }
6172   return 0;
6173 }
6174 
6175 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
6176                                                           Declarator &D) {
6177   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
6178   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
6179   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
6180   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
6181   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
6182     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6183                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
6184     D.setInvalidType();
6185     break;
6186   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
6187   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
6188     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
6189       return SC_None;
6190     return SC_Extern;
6191   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
6192     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6193       // C99 6.7.1p5:
6194       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
6195       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
6196       //   other than extern
6197       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
6198       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6199                    diag::err_static_block_func);
6200       break;
6201     } else
6202       return SC_Static;
6203   }
6204   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
6205   }
6206 
6207   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
6208   return SC_None;
6209 }
6210 
6211 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
6212                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
6213                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6214                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
6215                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
6216   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6217   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6218 
6219   FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0;
6220   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6221 
6222   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6223     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6224     // prototype. This true when:
6225     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
6226     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
6227     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
6228     bool HasPrototype =
6229       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
6230       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
6231 
6232     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6233                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6234                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
6235                                  HasPrototype, false);
6236     if (D.isInvalidType())
6237       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6238 
6239     // Set the lexical context.
6240     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
6241 
6242     return NewFD;
6243   }
6244 
6245   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6246   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6247 
6248   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
6249   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6250   // the class has been completely parsed.
6251   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
6252       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
6253           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
6254           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
6255     D.setInvalidType();
6256 
6257   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
6258     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
6259     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
6260            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
6261 
6262     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6263     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6264                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6265                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
6266                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
6267                                       isConstexpr);
6268 
6269   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6270     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
6271     if (DC->isRecord()) {
6272       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6273       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
6274       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
6275                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
6276                                         D.getLocStart(),
6277                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
6278                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
6279 
6280       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
6281       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
6282       // it yet.
6283       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
6284           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
6285           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
6286         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
6287       }
6288 
6289       IsVirtualOkay = true;
6290       return NewDD;
6291 
6292     } else {
6293       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
6294       D.setInvalidType();
6295 
6296       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
6297       // code path.
6298       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6299                                   D.getLocStart(),
6300                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
6301                                   SC, isInline,
6302                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
6303     }
6304 
6305   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
6306     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
6307       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6308            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
6309       return 0;
6310     }
6311 
6312     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6313     IsVirtualOkay = true;
6314     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6315                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6316                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
6317                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6318 
6319   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
6320     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
6321     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
6322     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
6323     // constructor if it has no return type).
6324     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
6325         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
6326       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
6327         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
6328         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6329       return 0;
6330     }
6331 
6332     // This is a C++ method declaration.
6333     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
6334                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6335                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6336                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
6337                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6338     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
6339     return Ret;
6340   } else {
6341     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6342     // prototype. This true when:
6343     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
6344     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6345                                 D.getLocStart(),
6346                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
6347                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
6348   }
6349 }
6350 
6351 enum OpenCLParamType {
6352   ValidKernelParam,
6353   PtrPtrKernelParam,
6354   PtrKernelParam,
6355   InvalidKernelParam,
6356   RecordKernelParam
6357 };
6358 
6359 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) {
6360   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
6361     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
6362     return PointeeType->isPointerType() ? PtrPtrKernelParam : PtrKernelParam;
6363   }
6364 
6365   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
6366   // be used as builtin types.
6367 
6368   if (PT->isImageType())
6369     return PtrKernelParam;
6370 
6371   if (PT->isBooleanType())
6372     return InvalidKernelParam;
6373 
6374   if (PT->isEventT())
6375     return InvalidKernelParam;
6376 
6377   if (PT->isHalfType())
6378     return InvalidKernelParam;
6379 
6380   if (PT->isRecordType())
6381     return RecordKernelParam;
6382 
6383   return ValidKernelParam;
6384 }
6385 
6386 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
6387   Sema &S,
6388   Declarator &D,
6389   ParmVarDecl *Param,
6390   llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> &ValidTypes) {
6391   QualType PT = Param->getType();
6392 
6393   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
6394   // used again
6395   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
6396     return;
6397 
6398   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) {
6399   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
6400     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6401     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6402     // pointer to a pointer type.
6403     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
6404     D.setInvalidType();
6405     return;
6406 
6407     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
6408     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
6409     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
6410     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
6411     // one of these built-in scalar types.
6412 
6413   case InvalidKernelParam:
6414     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
6415     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
6416     // of event_t type.
6417     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6418     D.setInvalidType();
6419     return;
6420 
6421   case PtrKernelParam:
6422   case ValidKernelParam:
6423     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
6424     return;
6425 
6426   case RecordKernelParam:
6427     break;
6428   }
6429 
6430   // Track nested structs we will inspect
6431   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
6432 
6433   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
6434   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
6435   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
6436   HistoryStack.push_back((const FieldDecl *) 0);
6437 
6438   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6439   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
6440 
6441   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
6442 
6443   do {
6444     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
6445     if (!Next) {
6446       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
6447       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
6448       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
6449         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
6450 
6451       continue;
6452     }
6453 
6454     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
6455     // field itself) to the history stack.
6456     const RecordDecl *RD;
6457     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
6458       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
6459       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6460     } else {
6461       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
6462     }
6463 
6464     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
6465     VisitStack.push_back((const Decl *) 0);
6466 
6467     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
6468       QualType QT = FD->getType();
6469 
6470       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
6471         continue;
6472 
6473       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT);
6474       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
6475         continue;
6476 
6477       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
6478         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
6479         continue;
6480       }
6481 
6482       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
6483       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
6484       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
6485       // union.
6486       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam) {
6487         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
6488                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
6489           << PT->isUnionType()
6490           << PT;
6491       } else {
6492         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6493       }
6494 
6495       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6496         << PD->getDeclName();
6497 
6498       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
6499       // the offending field came from
6500       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
6501              E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6502         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
6503         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6504           << OuterField->getType();
6505       }
6506 
6507       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
6508         << QT->isPointerType()
6509         << QT;
6510       D.setInvalidType();
6511       return;
6512     }
6513   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
6514 }
6515 
6516 NamedDecl*
6517 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
6518                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
6519                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
6520                               bool &AddToScope) {
6521   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
6522 
6523   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
6524 
6525   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
6526   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6527   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6528   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
6529 
6530   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
6531     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6532          diag::err_invalid_thread)
6533       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
6534 
6535   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
6536     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember());
6537 
6538   bool isFriend = false;
6539   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
6540   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6541   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6542 
6543   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
6544   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
6545   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
6546 
6547   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
6548 
6549   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
6550   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
6551 
6552   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
6553                                               isVirtualOkay);
6554   if (!NewFD) return 0;
6555 
6556   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
6557     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
6558 
6559   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
6560   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
6561   // context will be different from the semantic context.
6562   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6563 
6564   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
6565     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
6566 
6567   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6568     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6569     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
6570     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6571     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6572     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
6573     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6574       // C++ [class.friend]p5
6575       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
6576       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
6577       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6578     }
6579 
6580     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
6581     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
6582     // return true).
6583     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
6584           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
6585       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
6586         NewFD->setPure(true);
6587     }
6588 
6589     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
6590     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6591     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6592     if (D.isInvalidType())
6593       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6594 
6595     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
6596     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
6597     bool Invalid = false;
6598     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
6599             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6600                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6601                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists, isFriend,
6602                 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
6603       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
6604         // This is a function template
6605 
6606         // Check that we can declare a template here.
6607         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
6608           return 0;
6609 
6610         // A destructor cannot be a template.
6611         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6612           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
6613           return 0;
6614         }
6615 
6616         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
6617         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
6618         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
6619         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
6620           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
6621           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
6622             Invalid = true;
6623         }
6624 
6625 
6626         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
6627                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
6628                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
6629                                                         NewFD);
6630         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6631         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
6632 
6633         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
6634         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
6635           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6636                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
6637                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
6638         }
6639       } else {
6640         // This is a function template specialization.
6641         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
6642         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6643         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6644                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
6645                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
6646 
6647         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
6648         if (isFriend) {
6649           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
6650           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
6651 
6652           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
6653           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
6654           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
6655           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
6656           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
6657           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
6658           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6659             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
6660             InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
6661           }
6662 
6663           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
6664             << Name << RemoveRange
6665             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
6666             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
6667         }
6668       }
6669     }
6670     else {
6671       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
6672       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
6673       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
6674         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6675         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6676                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
6677                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
6678     }
6679 
6680     if (Invalid) {
6681       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6682       if (FunctionTemplate)
6683         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6684     }
6685 
6686     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
6687     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
6688     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
6689     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
6690     //
6691     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6692       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
6693         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6694              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
6695       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6696         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
6697         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6698              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
6699           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6700       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
6701         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
6702         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
6703         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6704              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
6705           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6706       } else {
6707         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
6708         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
6709       }
6710 
6711       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y &&
6712           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
6713         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
6714     }
6715 
6716     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y &&
6717         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
6718          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
6719         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
6720       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
6721       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
6722       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
6723       // thing to do.
6724       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
6725       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
6726       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
6727           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6728       QualType Result =
6729           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
6730       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
6731                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
6732     }
6733 
6734     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
6735     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
6736     //  declaration.
6737     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6738       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6739         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
6740         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6741              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
6742           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
6743       }
6744     }
6745 
6746     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
6747     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
6748     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
6749     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
6750     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6751       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6752         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
6753         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6754              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
6755           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
6756       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
6757                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
6758         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
6759         // or conversion function.
6760         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6761              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
6762           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
6763       }
6764     }
6765 
6766     if (isConstexpr) {
6767       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
6768       // are implicitly inline.
6769       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6770 
6771       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
6772       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
6773       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
6774       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
6775         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
6776     }
6777 
6778     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
6779     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
6780       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
6781         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
6782           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
6783         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6784           << 0
6785           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
6786       } else {
6787         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
6788         if (FunctionTemplate)
6789           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
6790       }
6791     }
6792 
6793     if (isFriend) {
6794       if (FunctionTemplate) {
6795         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
6796         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
6797       }
6798       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
6799       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
6800     }
6801 
6802     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
6803     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
6804     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
6805     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
6806       case FDK_Declaration:
6807       case FDK_Definition:
6808         break;
6809 
6810       case FDK_Defaulted:
6811         NewFD->setDefaulted();
6812         break;
6813 
6814       case FDK_Deleted:
6815         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
6816         break;
6817     }
6818 
6819     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
6820         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6821       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
6822       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
6823       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
6824       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6825     }
6826 
6827     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
6828         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
6829       // C++ [class.static]p1:
6830       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
6831       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
6832       //   the class.
6833 
6834       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
6835       // member function definition.
6836       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6837            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
6838         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6839     }
6840 
6841     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
6842     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
6843     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
6844     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6845     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
6846          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
6847         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) {
6848       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
6849       EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept;
6850       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
6851                                              FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
6852     }
6853   }
6854 
6855   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
6856   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
6857                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
6858                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
6859                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
6860 
6861   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
6862   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
6863     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
6864     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
6865     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
6866                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
6867   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
6868     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
6869       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
6870     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
6871       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
6872       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
6873     }
6874   }
6875 
6876   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
6877   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
6878   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
6879   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
6880     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
6881 
6882     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
6883     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
6884     // single void argument.
6885     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
6886     // already checks for that case.
6887     if (FTI.NumParams == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.Params[0].Ident == 0 &&
6888         FTI.Params[0].Param &&
6889         cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
6890       // Empty arg list, don't push any params.
6891     } else if (FTI.NumParams > 0 && FTI.Params[0].Param != 0) {
6892       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
6893         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
6894         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
6895         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
6896         Params.push_back(Param);
6897 
6898         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
6899           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6900       }
6901     }
6902 
6903   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6904     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
6905     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
6906     // parameters for use in the declaration.
6907     //
6908     // @code
6909     // typedef void fn(int);
6910     // fn f;
6911     // @endcode
6912 
6913     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
6914     for (FunctionProtoType::param_type_iterator AI = FT->param_type_begin(),
6915                                                 AE = FT->param_type_end();
6916          AI != AE; ++AI) {
6917       ParmVarDecl *Param =
6918         BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI);
6919       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
6920       Params.push_back(Param);
6921     }
6922   } else {
6923     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
6924            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
6925   }
6926 
6927   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
6928   NewFD->setParams(Params);
6929 
6930   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
6931   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
6932   //
6933   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
6934   //
6935   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
6936   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
6937   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
6938 
6939   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
6940     NewFD->addAttr(
6941         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
6942                                        Context, 0));
6943 
6944   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
6945   // because all functions have linkage.
6946   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6947       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
6948     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
6949     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6950   }
6951 
6952   // Handle attributes.
6953   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
6954 
6955   QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType();
6956   const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ?
6957       RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
6958   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() &&
6959       Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) {
6960     const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6961     // Attach WarnUnusedResult to functions returning types with that attribute.
6962     // Don't apply the attribute to that type's own non-static member functions
6963     // (to avoid warning on things like assignment operators)
6964     if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret)
6965       NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
6966   }
6967 
6968   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
6969     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
6970     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
6971     unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace();
6972     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
6973         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
6974         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
6975       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
6976            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
6977       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6978     }
6979   }
6980 
6981   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6982     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
6983     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
6984     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
6985       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
6986 
6987     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
6988       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
6989 
6990     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
6991       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
6992                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
6993     else if (!Previous.empty())
6994       // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration.
6995       D.setRedeclaration(true);
6996     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
6997             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
6998            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
6999   } else {
7000     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
7001     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
7002     //
7003     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
7004     //
7005     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
7006     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
7007     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
7008         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
7009         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7010       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7011            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
7012         << NewFD->getDeclName();
7013 
7014     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
7015     // argument list into our AST format.
7016     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7017       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
7018       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
7019       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7020       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
7021                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
7022       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
7023                                  TemplateArgs);
7024 
7025       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7026 
7027       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7028         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7029       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
7030         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
7031         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
7032           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7033 
7034         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7035       } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7036                  !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
7037         // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
7038         // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
7039         // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
7040         // too few of them).
7041         // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations
7042         // (starting with "template") and the rest.
7043         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
7044           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
7045           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
7046                                     D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
7047                                         "template<> ");
7048         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7049       } else {
7050         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
7051         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7052       }
7053     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7054       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
7055       // wrote something like:
7056       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
7057       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
7058       //   friend void foo<>(int);
7059       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
7060       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7061         TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7062       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7063     }
7064 
7065     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
7066     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
7067     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
7068     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
7069     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
7070     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
7071         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
7072          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
7073             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
7074             InstantiationDependent))) {
7075       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
7076              "friend function specialization without template args");
7077       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
7078                                                        Previous))
7079         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7080     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7081       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
7082           && !isFriend) {
7083         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
7084         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
7085           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
7086           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
7087           << NewFD->getDeclName();
7088       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
7089                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0),
7090                                                      Previous))
7091         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7092 
7093       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
7094       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
7095       //   specialization (14.7.3)
7096       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
7097           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
7098       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
7099         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
7100           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7101                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
7102             << SC
7103             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7104                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7105 
7106         else
7107           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7108                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7109             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7110                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7111       }
7112 
7113     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7114       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
7115           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7116     }
7117 
7118     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7119     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7120       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7121         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7122 
7123       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7124         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7125 
7126       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7127         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7128                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
7129     }
7130 
7131     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7132             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7133            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7134 
7135     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
7136                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
7137                                 : NewFD);
7138 
7139     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
7140       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
7141       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7142         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
7143 
7144       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
7145       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
7146     }
7147 
7148     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
7149         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
7150       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
7151 
7152     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
7153     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
7154     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7155       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
7156                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
7157       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
7158                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0,
7159                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
7160                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
7161                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
7162                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
7163                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7164                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7165                                  DC->isDependentContext())
7166                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7167                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
7168     }
7169 
7170     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7171       // Ignore all the rest of this.
7172     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
7173       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
7174                                        AddToScope };
7175       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
7176       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
7177         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7178 
7179       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
7180       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7181         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
7182         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
7183 
7184         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
7185         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
7186         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
7187         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
7188         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
7189         // can actually do this check immediately.
7190         if (isFriend &&
7191             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
7192              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
7193              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
7194           // ignore these
7195         } else {
7196           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
7197           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
7198           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
7199           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
7200           //
7201           // class X {
7202           //   void f() const;
7203           // };
7204           //
7205           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
7206           //
7207           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
7208           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
7209           // whether the parameter types are references).
7210 
7211           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7212                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, 0)) {
7213             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7214             return Result;
7215           }
7216         }
7217 
7218         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
7219         // to something.
7220       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
7221         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7222                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
7223           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7224           return Result;
7225         }
7226       }
7227 
7228     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7229                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
7230                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7231                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
7232       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
7233       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
7234       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
7235       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
7236       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
7237       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
7238       // generate them.
7239       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
7240         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7241     }
7242   }
7243 
7244   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
7245   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
7246 
7247   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
7248 
7249   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
7250       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7251     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7252          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
7253       << NewFD;
7254 
7255     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
7256     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
7257     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
7258         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
7259     EPI.Variadic = true;
7260     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
7261 
7262     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
7263     NewFD->setType(R);
7264   }
7265 
7266   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
7267   // member, set the visibility of this function.
7268   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
7269     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
7270 
7271   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
7272   // marking the function.
7273   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
7274 
7275   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7276   // the map of such variables.
7277   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7278       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
7279     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
7280 
7281   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
7282   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
7283 
7284   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7285     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7286       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7287         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7288       return FunctionTemplate;
7289     }
7290   }
7291 
7292   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7293     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
7294     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
7295         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
7296       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
7297       D.setInvalidType();
7298     }
7299 
7300     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
7301     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
7302       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7303            diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type);
7304       D.setInvalidType();
7305     }
7306 
7307     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
7308     for (auto Param : NewFD->params())
7309       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
7310   }
7311 
7312   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
7313 
7314   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
7315     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
7316       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7317           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7318         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
7319           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
7320             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
7321 
7322           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
7323         }
7324       }
7325 
7326   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
7327   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
7328   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
7329   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7330     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
7331                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
7332                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
7333                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
7334                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
7335     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
7336     AddToScope = false;
7337   }
7338 
7339   return NewFD;
7340 }
7341 
7342 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
7343 ///
7344 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
7345 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
7346 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
7347 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
7348 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
7349 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
7350 /// via InstantiateDecl).
7351 ///
7352 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
7353 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
7354 ///
7355 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
7356 ///
7357 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
7358 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
7359                                     LookupResult &Previous,
7360                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
7361   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
7362          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
7363 
7364   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
7365   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
7366   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
7367   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7368                                !Previous.isShadowed();
7369 
7370   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
7371   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7372 
7373   bool Redeclaration = false;
7374   NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0;
7375 
7376   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
7377   // the same name, if appropriate.
7378   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7379     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
7380     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
7381     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
7382     // function to the scope.
7383     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
7384       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7385       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
7386         Redeclaration = true;
7387         OldDecl = Candidate;
7388       }
7389     } else {
7390       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
7391                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
7392       case Ovl_Match:
7393         Redeclaration = true;
7394         break;
7395 
7396       case Ovl_NonFunction:
7397         Redeclaration = true;
7398         break;
7399 
7400       case Ovl_Overload:
7401         Redeclaration = false;
7402         break;
7403       }
7404 
7405       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7406         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
7407         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
7408         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7409           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7410         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0;
7411         if (Redeclaration)
7412           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
7413         else if (!Previous.empty())
7414           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
7415         if (OverloadedDecl)
7416           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
7417                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7418         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7419       }
7420     }
7421   }
7422 
7423   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
7424   if (!Redeclaration &&
7425       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
7426     filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7427     if (!Previous.empty()) {
7428       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
7429       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
7430       Redeclaration = true;
7431       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7432       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
7433 
7434       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
7435       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7436         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7437           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7438             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7439           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
7440                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7441           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7442         }
7443         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
7444           Redeclaration = false;
7445           OldDecl = 0;
7446         }
7447       }
7448     }
7449   }
7450 
7451   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
7452   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
7453   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
7454   //
7455   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
7456   // definition of a static member function.
7457   //
7458   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
7459   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
7460   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7461   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
7462       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
7463       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
7464     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = 0;
7465     if (OldDecl)
7466       OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
7467     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
7468       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7469         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7470       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
7471       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
7472       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
7473                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
7474 
7475       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
7476       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
7477       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
7478         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
7479         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
7480                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
7481           AddConstLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
7482 
7483         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const)
7484           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
7485       }
7486     }
7487   }
7488 
7489   if (Redeclaration) {
7490     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
7491     // merged.
7492     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
7493       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7494       return Redeclaration;
7495     }
7496 
7497     Previous.clear();
7498     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
7499 
7500     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
7501                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
7502       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
7503       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
7504         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
7505       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
7506       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
7507             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
7508         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7509         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7510       }
7511 
7512       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
7513       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
7514       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
7515           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
7516         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
7517         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
7518       }
7519 
7520     } else {
7521       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
7522       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
7523 
7524       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7525         // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line,
7526         // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition
7527         // because of templates, which means that the previous
7528         // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition.
7529 
7530         // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter.
7531         CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
7532         NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess());
7533 
7534         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
7535         if (NewFD->isInlined() &&
7536             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
7537           // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original
7538           // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is
7539           // just faster in that case, so map back to that now.
7540           oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl());
7541           if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) {
7542             Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod);
7543           }
7544         }
7545       }
7546     }
7547   }
7548 
7549   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
7550   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7551     // C++-specific checks.
7552     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7553       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
7554     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
7555                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7556       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
7557       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
7558 
7559       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
7560       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
7561       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
7562         DeclarationName Name
7563           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
7564                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
7565         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
7566           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
7567           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7568           return Redeclaration;
7569         }
7570       }
7571     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
7572                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7573       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
7574     }
7575 
7576     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
7577     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7578       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
7579           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
7580           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
7581         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
7582           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
7583           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
7584             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
7585           }
7586         }
7587       }
7588 
7589       if (Method->isStatic())
7590         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
7591     }
7592 
7593     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
7594     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7595         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7596       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7597       return Redeclaration;
7598     }
7599 
7600     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
7601     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
7602         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7603       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7604       return Redeclaration;
7605     }
7606 
7607     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
7608     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
7609     // during delayed parsing anyway.
7610     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
7611       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
7612 
7613     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
7614     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
7615     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
7616       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
7617       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
7618       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
7619       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
7620         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
7621         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
7622         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
7623       }
7624     }
7625 
7626     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
7627     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
7628     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
7629     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
7630     if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) {
7631       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
7632       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
7633         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
7634             << NewFD << R;
7635       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
7636                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
7637         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
7638     }
7639   }
7640   return Redeclaration;
7641 }
7642 
7643 static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
7644   const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
7645   if (!TSI)
7646     return SourceRange();
7647 
7648   TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc();
7649   FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>();
7650   if (!FunctionTL)
7651     return SourceRange();
7652 
7653   TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getReturnLoc();
7654   if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>())
7655     return ResultTL.getSourceRange();
7656 
7657   return SourceRange();
7658 }
7659 
7660 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
7661   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
7662   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
7663   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
7664   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
7665   //   appear in a declaration of main.
7666   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
7667   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
7668   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
7669     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
7670          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
7671       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7672   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
7673     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
7674       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
7675   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
7676     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
7677     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc,
7678                               PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
7679     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
7680     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
7681       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
7682   }
7683   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
7684     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
7685       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
7686     FD->setConstexpr(false);
7687   }
7688 
7689   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7690     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
7691         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
7692     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7693     return;
7694   }
7695 
7696   QualType T = FD->getType();
7697   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
7698   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
7699 
7700   // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'.
7701   if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) {
7702     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
7703     // set the flag which tells us that.
7704     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
7705     FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
7706 
7707   // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
7708   // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
7709   // implicit-return-zero rule.
7710   } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7711     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
7712 
7713     SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD);
7714     if (ResultRange.isValid())
7715       Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
7716           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int");
7717 
7718   // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
7719   } else {
7720     SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD);
7721     if (ResultRange.isValid())
7722       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
7723           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int");
7724     else
7725       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint);
7726 
7727     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7728   }
7729 
7730   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
7731   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
7732 
7733   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
7734   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
7735   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
7736 
7737   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
7738 
7739   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
7740   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
7741   // getting shifty.
7742   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
7743     HasExtraParameters = false;
7744 
7745   if (HasExtraParameters) {
7746     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
7747     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7748     nparams = 3;
7749   }
7750 
7751   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
7752   // if we had some location information about types.
7753 
7754   QualType CharPP =
7755     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
7756   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
7757 
7758   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
7759     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
7760 
7761     bool mismatch = true;
7762 
7763     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
7764       mismatch = false;
7765     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
7766       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
7767       //   char const **
7768       //   char const * const *
7769       //   char * const *
7770 
7771       QualifierCollector qs;
7772       const PointerType* PT;
7773       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
7774           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
7775           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
7776                               Context.CharTy)) {
7777         qs.removeConst();
7778         mismatch = !qs.empty();
7779       }
7780     }
7781 
7782     if (mismatch) {
7783       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
7784       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
7785       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7786     }
7787   }
7788 
7789   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7790     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
7791   }
7792 
7793   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7794     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
7795     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7796   }
7797 }
7798 
7799 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
7800   QualType T = FD->getType();
7801   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
7802   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
7803 
7804   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
7805   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
7806   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
7807       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
7808       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
7809     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
7810     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
7811       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
7812 
7813   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7814     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
7815     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7816   }
7817 }
7818 
7819 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
7820   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
7821   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
7822   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
7823   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
7824   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
7825   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
7826   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
7827   // rules there don't matter.)
7828   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
7829     return false;
7830   Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
7831     << Init->getSourceRange();
7832   return true;
7833 }
7834 
7835 namespace {
7836   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
7837   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
7838   class SelfReferenceChecker
7839       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
7840     Sema &S;
7841     Decl *OrigDecl;
7842     bool isRecordType;
7843     bool isPODType;
7844     bool isReferenceType;
7845 
7846   public:
7847     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
7848 
7849     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
7850                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
7851       isPODType = false;
7852       isRecordType = false;
7853       isReferenceType = false;
7854       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
7855         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
7856         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
7857         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
7858       }
7859     }
7860 
7861     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
7862     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
7863     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
7864     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
7865       if (isReferenceType)
7866         return;
7867       E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7868       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
7869         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7870         return;
7871       }
7872 
7873       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
7874         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
7875         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
7876         return;
7877       }
7878 
7879       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
7880         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7881         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
7882           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
7883           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
7884             return;
7885           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7886         }
7887         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
7888           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7889         return;
7890       }
7891     }
7892 
7893     // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are
7894     // bad, not just r-value uses.
7895     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
7896       if (isReferenceType)
7897         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
7898     }
7899 
7900     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
7901       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue ||
7902           (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
7903         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
7904 
7905       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
7906     }
7907 
7908     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
7909       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
7910       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
7911 
7912       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
7913       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
7914       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
7915       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
7916       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7917       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
7918         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
7919           Warn = false;
7920         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7921       }
7922 
7923       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
7924         if (Warn)
7925           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7926         return;
7927       }
7928 
7929       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
7930       // Visit that expression.
7931       Visit(Base);
7932     }
7933 
7934     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
7935       if (E->getNumArgs() > 0)
7936         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0)))
7937           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7938 
7939       Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
7940     }
7941 
7942     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
7943       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
7944       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
7945           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
7946         if (!isPODType)
7947           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
7948         return;
7949       }
7950       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
7951     }
7952 
7953     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
7954 
7955     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
7956       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
7957       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
7958       unsigned diag;
7959       if (isReferenceType) {
7960         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
7961       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
7962         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
7963       } else {
7964         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
7965       }
7966 
7967       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
7968                             S.PDiag(diag)
7969                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
7970                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
7971                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
7972     }
7973   };
7974 
7975   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
7976   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
7977                                  bool DirectInit) {
7978     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
7979     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
7980     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
7981       return;
7982 
7983     E = E->IgnoreParens();
7984 
7985     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
7986     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
7987     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
7988       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
7989         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
7990           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
7991             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
7992               return;
7993 
7994     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E);
7995   }
7996 }
7997 
7998 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
7999 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
8000 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
8001 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
8002                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8003   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
8004   // the initializer.
8005   if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8006     return;
8007 
8008   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8009     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
8010     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
8011     // Thus this grotesque test.
8012     IntegerLiteral *IL;
8013     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
8014         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
8015       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
8016     else {
8017       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
8018         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
8019       Method->setInvalidDecl();
8020     }
8021     return;
8022   }
8023 
8024   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
8025   if (!VDecl) {
8026     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
8027     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
8028     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8029     return;
8030   }
8031   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8032 
8033   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
8034   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8035     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
8036     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
8037     // contains exactly one expression.
8038     if (CXXDirectInit) {
8039       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
8040         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
8041         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
8042         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8043              VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
8044                                     : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
8045           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8046           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8047         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8048         return;
8049       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
8050         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
8051              VDecl->isInitCapture()
8052                  ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
8053                  : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
8054           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8055           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8056         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8057         return;
8058       } else {
8059         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
8060       }
8061     }
8062 
8063     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
8064     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
8065     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
8066         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8067       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8068       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8069         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8070         return;
8071       }
8072       Init = Result.take();
8073       DefaultedToAuto = true;
8074     }
8075 
8076     QualType DeducedType;
8077     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
8078             DAR_Failed)
8079       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
8080     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
8081       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8082       return;
8083     }
8084     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
8085     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
8086 
8087     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
8088     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
8089       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8090 
8091     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
8092     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
8093     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
8094     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
8095     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
8096         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
8097       SourceLocation Loc =
8098           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8099       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
8100         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
8101     }
8102 
8103     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
8104     // the previously declared type.
8105     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
8106       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
8107       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
8108       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false);
8109     }
8110 
8111     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
8112     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
8113     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8114       return;
8115   }
8116 
8117   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
8118   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
8119     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
8120     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8121     return;
8122   }
8123 
8124   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
8125     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
8126     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
8127     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8128     return;
8129   }
8130 
8131   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
8132     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
8133     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
8134     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
8135     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
8136     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
8137       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
8138     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
8139                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8140       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8141       return;
8142     }
8143 
8144     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8145     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
8146                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8147                                AbstractVariableType))
8148       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8149   }
8150 
8151   const VarDecl *Def;
8152   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
8153     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
8154       << VDecl->getDeclName();
8155     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8156     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8157     return;
8158   }
8159 
8160   const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0;
8161   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8162     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
8163     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
8164     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8165     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
8166     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
8167     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
8168     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
8169     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
8170     //
8171     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
8172     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
8173     // declaration with an initializer.
8174     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
8175       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
8176           << VDecl->getDeclName();
8177       Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
8178       return;
8179     }
8180 
8181     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
8182       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8183 
8184     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
8185       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8186       return;
8187     }
8188   }
8189 
8190   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
8191   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
8192   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
8193     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
8194     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8195     return;
8196   }
8197 
8198   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
8199   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
8200   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
8201 
8202   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
8203   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
8204   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8205       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8206     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8207     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8208       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8209       return;
8210     }
8211     Init = Result.take();
8212   }
8213 
8214   // Perform the initialization.
8215   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8216     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
8217     InitializationKind Kind
8218       = DirectInit ?
8219           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
8220                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
8221                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
8222                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
8223                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
8224                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
8225                                                     Init->getLocStart());
8226 
8227     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
8228     if (CXXDirectInit)
8229       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
8230                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
8231 
8232     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
8233     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
8234     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8235       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8236       return;
8237     }
8238 
8239     Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
8240   }
8241 
8242   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
8243   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
8244   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
8245   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
8246       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
8247     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
8248   }
8249 
8250   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
8251   // completed by the initializer. For example:
8252   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
8253   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
8254   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
8255     VDecl->setType(DclT);
8256 
8257   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8258     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
8259 
8260     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
8261       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
8262 
8263     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
8264     // Although this code can still have problems:
8265     //   id x = self.weakProp;
8266     //   id y = self.weakProp;
8267     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
8268     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
8269     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
8270     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) {
8271       DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level =
8272         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
8273                                  Init->getLocStart());
8274       if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
8275         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
8276     }
8277   }
8278 
8279   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
8280   //
8281   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
8282   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
8283   // full-expression. For instance, in:
8284   //
8285   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
8286   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
8287   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
8288   //
8289   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
8290   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
8291                                           false,
8292                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
8293   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8294     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8295     return;
8296   }
8297   Init = Result.take();
8298 
8299   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
8300   VDecl->setInit(Init);
8301 
8302   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
8303     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
8304     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
8305     // C++ does not have this restriction.
8306     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8307       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8308         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8309       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
8310       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
8311       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
8312       // constant expressions.
8313       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
8314                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
8315                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
8316         Diag(Init->getExprLoc(),
8317              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
8318           << Init->getSourceRange();
8319     }
8320   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
8321              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
8322     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
8323     //
8324     // struct S {
8325     //   static const int value = 17;
8326     // };
8327 
8328     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
8329     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
8330     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
8331     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
8332     //
8333     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
8334     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
8335     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8336     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
8337     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
8338     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
8339     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
8340     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
8341     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
8342 
8343     // Do nothing on dependent types.
8344     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
8345 
8346     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
8347     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
8348     // type.
8349     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
8350 
8351     // Require constness.
8352     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
8353       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
8354         << Init->getSourceRange();
8355       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8356 
8357     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
8358     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
8359       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
8360       SourceLocation Loc;
8361       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
8362         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
8363         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
8364         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
8365       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
8366         ; // Nothing to check.
8367       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
8368         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
8369       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8370         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
8371         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
8372         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8373           << Init->getSourceRange();
8374       } else {
8375         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
8376         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
8377         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8378           << Init->getSourceRange();
8379         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8380       }
8381 
8382     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
8383     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
8384       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
8385       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
8386       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
8387         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
8388              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8389             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8390         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
8391              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8392             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8393       } else {
8394         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
8395           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8396 
8397         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8398           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8399             << Init->getSourceRange();
8400           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8401         }
8402       }
8403 
8404     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
8405     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
8406       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
8407         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
8408         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8409       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
8410 
8411     } else {
8412       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
8413         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8414       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8415     }
8416   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
8417     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
8418         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
8419          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
8420            VDecl->isExternC())) &&
8421         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
8422       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
8423 
8424     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
8425     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8426       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8427     else if (VDecl->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static &&
8428              !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && !DclT->isDependentType() &&
8429              !Init->isValueDependent() && !VDecl->isConstexpr() &&
8430              !Init->isConstantInitializer(
8431                  Context, VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) {
8432       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
8433       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
8434       //   initialization.
8435       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
8436       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init);
8437       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8438         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
8439     }
8440   }
8441 
8442   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
8443   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
8444   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
8445   //
8446   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
8447   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
8448   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
8449   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
8450   // special case code.
8451 
8452   // C++ 8.5p11:
8453   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
8454   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
8455   // class type.
8456   if (CXXDirectInit) {
8457     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
8458     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
8459   } else if (DirectInit) {
8460     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
8461     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
8462   }
8463 
8464   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
8465 }
8466 
8467 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
8468 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
8469 /// of sanity.
8470 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
8471   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
8472   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
8473   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8474 
8475   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
8476   if (!VD) return;
8477 
8478   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
8479   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
8480     D->setInvalidDecl();
8481     return;
8482   }
8483 
8484   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
8485   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
8486 
8487   // Require a complete type.
8488   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
8489                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
8490                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8491     VD->setInvalidDecl();
8492     return;
8493   }
8494 
8495   // Require an abstract type.
8496   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
8497                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8498                              AbstractVariableType)) {
8499     VD->setInvalidDecl();
8500     return;
8501   }
8502 
8503   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
8504   // though.
8505 }
8506 
8507 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
8508                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8509   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
8510   if (RealDecl == 0)
8511     return;
8512 
8513   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8514     QualType Type = Var->getType();
8515 
8516     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
8517     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
8518       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
8519         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
8520       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8521       return;
8522     }
8523 
8524     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
8525     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
8526     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
8527     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
8528     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
8529     // member.
8530     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8531       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
8532         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8533              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
8534           << Var->getDeclName();
8535       else
8536         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
8537       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8538       return;
8539     }
8540 
8541     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
8542     // be initialized.
8543     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8544         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
8545         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
8546       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
8547       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8548       return;
8549     }
8550 
8551     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8552     case VarDecl::Definition:
8553       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
8554         break;
8555 
8556       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
8557       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
8558       // a declaration.
8559       //
8560       // Fall through
8561 
8562     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
8563       // It's only a declaration.
8564 
8565       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
8566       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
8567       // object shall be complete.
8568       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
8569           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8570           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8571                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
8572         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8573 
8574       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
8575       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8576           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8577                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8578                                  AbstractVariableType))
8579         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8580       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8581           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
8582         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
8583         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
8584       }
8585 
8586       return;
8587 
8588     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
8589       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
8590       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
8591       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
8592       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
8593       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
8594       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
8595         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
8596                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
8597           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8598                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
8599                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
8600             Var->setInvalidDecl();
8601         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
8602           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
8603           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
8604           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
8605           // NOTE: code such as the following
8606           //     static struct s;
8607           //     struct s { int a; };
8608           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
8609           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
8610           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
8611           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
8612             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8613                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
8614         }
8615       }
8616 
8617       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
8618       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
8619         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
8620       return;
8621     }
8622 
8623     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8624     // definitions with incomplete array type.
8625     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
8626       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8627            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
8628       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8629       return;
8630     }
8631 
8632     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8633     // definitions with reference type.
8634     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
8635       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
8636         << Var->getDeclName()
8637         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
8638       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8639       return;
8640     }
8641 
8642     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
8643     // variable with dependent type.
8644     if (Type->isDependentType())
8645       return;
8646 
8647     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
8648       return;
8649 
8650     if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8651                             Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
8652                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8653       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8654       return;
8655     }
8656 
8657     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8658     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8659                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8660                                AbstractVariableType)) {
8661       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8662       return;
8663     }
8664 
8665     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
8666     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
8667     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
8668     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
8669     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
8670     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
8671     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
8672     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
8673     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
8674     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
8675     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
8676       if (const RecordType *Record
8677             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
8678         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
8679         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
8680         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
8681         // incompatibilities with C++98.
8682         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
8683           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8684       }
8685     }
8686 
8687     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
8688     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
8689     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
8690     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
8691     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
8692     //   type shall have a user-declared default
8693     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
8694     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
8695     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
8696     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
8697     //   program is ill-formed.
8698     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
8699     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
8700     //   default-initialized; [...].
8701     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
8702     InitializationKind Kind
8703       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
8704 
8705     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
8706     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
8707     if (Init.isInvalid())
8708       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8709     else if (Init.get()) {
8710       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
8711       // This is important for template substitution.
8712       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
8713     }
8714 
8715     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
8716   }
8717 }
8718 
8719 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
8720   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
8721   if (!VD) {
8722     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
8723     D->setInvalidDecl();
8724     return;
8725   }
8726 
8727   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
8728 
8729   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
8730   int Error = -1;
8731   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
8732   case SC_None:
8733     break;
8734   case SC_Extern:
8735     Error = 0;
8736     break;
8737   case SC_Static:
8738     Error = 1;
8739     break;
8740   case SC_PrivateExtern:
8741     Error = 2;
8742     break;
8743   case SC_Auto:
8744     Error = 3;
8745     break;
8746   case SC_Register:
8747     Error = 4;
8748     break;
8749   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
8750     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
8751   }
8752   if (VD->isConstexpr())
8753     Error = 5;
8754   if (Error != -1) {
8755     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
8756       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
8757     D->setInvalidDecl();
8758   }
8759 }
8760 
8761 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
8762   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8763 
8764   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
8765   // local retaining variable.
8766   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
8767       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
8768     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
8769     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
8770     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
8771     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
8772       break;
8773 
8774     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
8775     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
8776       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8777       break;
8778     }
8779   }
8780 
8781   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
8782   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
8783   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
8784   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
8785   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
8786   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
8787       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
8788       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
8789       getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(
8790                        diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
8791                        var->getLocation())) {
8792     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
8793     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
8794     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
8795       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
8796 
8797     if (!prev)
8798       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
8799   }
8800 
8801   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static &&
8802       var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
8803     // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
8804     //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
8805     //   have a non-trivial destructor.
8806     Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
8807     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8808       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
8809   }
8810 
8811   // All the following checks are C++ only.
8812   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
8813 
8814   QualType type = var->getType();
8815   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
8816 
8817   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
8818   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8819     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
8820     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
8821 
8822     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
8823     // constructing this copy.
8824     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
8825       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
8826       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
8827       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
8828       ExprResult result
8829         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
8830             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
8831             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
8832       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
8833         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
8834         Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>();
8835         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
8836       }
8837     }
8838   }
8839 
8840   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
8841   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
8842   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
8843 
8844   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
8845       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
8846     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
8847         getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor,
8848                                             var->getLocation())
8849           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) {
8850       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
8851       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
8852       // warned about them.
8853       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
8854       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
8855           !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
8856         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
8857           << Init->getSourceRange();
8858     }
8859 
8860     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
8861       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
8862       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
8863         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
8864         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
8865         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
8866         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
8867               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
8868           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
8869           Notes.clear();
8870         }
8871         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
8872           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
8873         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
8874           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
8875       }
8876     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
8877       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
8878       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
8879       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
8880       var->checkInitIsICE();
8881     }
8882   }
8883 
8884   // Require the destructor.
8885   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
8886     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
8887 }
8888 
8889 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
8890 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
8891 void
8892 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
8893   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
8894   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
8895 
8896   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
8897   if (!VD)
8898     return;
8899 
8900   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
8901 
8902   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
8903     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8904       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
8905       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
8906     }
8907   }
8908 
8909   if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8910       VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) {
8911     if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) {
8912       if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
8913         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias)
8914             << VD->getDeclName();
8915         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8916         VD->setInvalidDecl();
8917       }
8918     }
8919   }
8920 
8921   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
8922   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
8923   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
8924   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
8925     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
8926 
8927   if (VD->isFileVarDecl())
8928     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
8929 
8930   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
8931   // tag values.
8932   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
8933       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
8934     return;
8935 
8936   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
8937     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
8938     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
8939       continue;
8940     }
8941     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
8942     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
8943       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
8944            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
8945         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
8946       continue;
8947     }
8948     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
8949       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
8950            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
8951         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
8952       continue;
8953     }
8954     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
8955     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
8956                                MagicValue,
8957                                I->getMatchingCType(),
8958                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
8959                                I->getMustBeNull());
8960   }
8961 }
8962 
8963 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
8964                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
8965   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
8966 
8967   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
8968     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
8969 
8970   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = 0;
8971   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
8972     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
8973       if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D))
8974         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
8975           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
8976       Decls.push_back(D);
8977     }
8978 
8979   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
8980     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
8981       HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S);
8982       if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl())
8983         Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
8984     }
8985   }
8986 
8987   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
8988 }
8989 
8990 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
8991 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
8992 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
8993 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
8994                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8995   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
8996   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
8997   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
8998   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
8999   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
9000   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
9001   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
9002   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
9003     QualType Deduced;
9004     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
9005     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0;
9006     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
9007       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
9008         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
9009         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
9010         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
9011           break;
9012         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
9013         if (!U.isNull()) {
9014           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
9015           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
9016             Deduced = U;
9017             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
9018             DeducedDecl = D;
9019           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
9020             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
9021                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
9022               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
9023               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
9024               << U << D->getDeclName()
9025               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
9026               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
9027             D->setInvalidDecl();
9028             break;
9029           }
9030         }
9031       }
9032     }
9033   }
9034 
9035   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
9036 
9037   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
9038       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
9039 }
9040 
9041 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
9042   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
9043 }
9044 
9045 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9046   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
9047   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
9048    return;
9049 
9050   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
9051                                Group[0]->getLocation())
9052         == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
9053     return;
9054 
9055   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
9056     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
9057     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
9058     // additional declaration references:
9059     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
9060     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
9061     //   'struct S *pS;'
9062     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
9063     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
9064     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
9065       Group = Group.slice(1);
9066     }
9067   }
9068 
9069   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
9070   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
9071   if (!Comments.empty() &&
9072       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
9073     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
9074     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
9075     //
9076     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
9077     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
9078     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
9079     // ahead through comments.
9080     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9081       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
9082   }
9083 }
9084 
9085 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
9086 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
9087 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
9088   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
9089 
9090   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
9091 
9092   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
9093   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
9094   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
9095     StorageClass = SC_Register;
9096   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9097              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
9098     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
9099   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
9100     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9101          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
9102     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
9103   }
9104 
9105   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
9106     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
9107       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
9108   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
9109     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
9110       << 0;
9111 
9112   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
9113 
9114   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9115   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
9116 
9117   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9118     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
9119     // parameter.
9120     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
9121 
9122     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
9123     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
9124       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
9125         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
9126       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
9127     }
9128   }
9129 
9130   // Ensure we have a valid name
9131   IdentifierInfo *II = 0;
9132   if (D.hasName()) {
9133     II = D.getIdentifier();
9134     if (!II) {
9135       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
9136         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
9137       D.setInvalidType(true);
9138     }
9139   }
9140 
9141   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
9142   if (II) {
9143     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
9144                    ForRedeclaration);
9145     LookupName(R, S);
9146     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
9147       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
9148       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9149         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9150         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
9151         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9152         PrevDecl = 0;
9153       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
9154         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
9155         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9156 
9157         // Recover by removing the name
9158         II = 0;
9159         D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc());
9160         D.setInvalidType(true);
9161       }
9162     }
9163   }
9164 
9165   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
9166   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
9167   // looking like class members in C++.
9168   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
9169                                     D.getLocStart(),
9170                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
9171                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
9172                                     StorageClass);
9173 
9174   if (D.isInvalidType())
9175     New->setInvalidDecl();
9176 
9177   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
9178   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
9179   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
9180                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
9181 
9182   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
9183   S->AddDecl(New);
9184   if (II)
9185     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
9186 
9187   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
9188 
9189   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9190     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
9191       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
9192       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
9193       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
9194 
9195   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9196     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
9197   }
9198   return New;
9199 }
9200 
9201 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
9202 /// typedef.
9203 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
9204                                               SourceLocation Loc,
9205                                               QualType T) {
9206   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
9207      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
9208      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
9209   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0,
9210                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
9211                                            SC_None, 0);
9212   Param->setImplicit();
9213   return Param;
9214 }
9215 
9216 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9217                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
9218   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
9219   // will already have done so in the template itself.
9220   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
9221     return;
9222 
9223   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9224     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
9225         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
9226       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
9227         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
9228     }
9229   }
9230 }
9231 
9232 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9233                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
9234                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
9235                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
9236   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
9237     return;
9238 
9239   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9240   // threshold.
9241   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
9242     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
9243     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9244       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
9245           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
9246   }
9247 
9248   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9249   // threshold.
9250   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9251     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
9252     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
9253       continue;
9254     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
9255     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9256       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
9257           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
9258   }
9259 }
9260 
9261 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9262                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
9263                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
9264                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) {
9265   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
9266   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9267       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
9268       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
9269 
9270     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
9271 
9272     // Special cases for arrays:
9273     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
9274     //   - otherwise, it's an error
9275     if (T->isArrayType()) {
9276       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
9277         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
9278             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
9279             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
9280       }
9281       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
9282     } else {
9283       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
9284     }
9285     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
9286   }
9287 
9288   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
9289                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
9290                                          TSInfo,
9291                                          StorageClass, 0);
9292 
9293   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
9294   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
9295   // the class has been completely parsed.
9296   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
9297       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9298                              AbstractParamType))
9299     New->setInvalidDecl();
9300 
9301   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
9302   // passed by reference.
9303   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
9304     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
9305     Diag(NameLoc,
9306          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
9307       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
9308     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
9309     New->setType(T);
9310   }
9311 
9312   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
9313   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
9314   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
9315   // an address space.
9316   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
9317     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
9318     New->setInvalidDecl();
9319   }
9320 
9321   return New;
9322 }
9323 
9324 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
9325                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
9326   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
9327 
9328   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
9329   // for a K&R function.
9330   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
9331     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
9332       --i;
9333       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == 0) {
9334         SmallString<256> Code;
9335         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
9336             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
9337         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
9338             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
9339             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
9340 
9341         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
9342         // type.
9343         AttributeFactory attrs;
9344         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
9345         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
9346         unsigned DiagID; // unused
9347         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
9348                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
9349         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
9350         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
9351         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
9352         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
9353         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
9354         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
9355       }
9356     }
9357   }
9358 }
9359 
9360 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
9361   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused");
9362   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
9363   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
9364 
9365   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
9366   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
9367   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
9368 }
9369 
9370 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
9371                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9372   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
9373   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
9374     return false;
9375 
9376   // Or declarations that aren't global.
9377   if (!FD->isGlobal())
9378     return false;
9379 
9380   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
9381   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
9382     return false;
9383 
9384   // Don't warn about 'main'.
9385   if (FD->isMain())
9386     return false;
9387 
9388   // Don't warn about inline functions.
9389   if (FD->isInlined())
9390     return false;
9391 
9392   // Don't warn about function templates.
9393   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
9394     return false;
9395 
9396   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
9397   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
9398     return false;
9399 
9400   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
9401   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
9402     return false;
9403 
9404   bool MissingPrototype = true;
9405   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
9406        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
9407     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
9408     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
9409     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
9410       continue;
9411 
9412     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
9413     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
9414       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
9415     break;
9416   }
9417 
9418   return MissingPrototype;
9419 }
9420 
9421 void
9422 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
9423                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) {
9424   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
9425   // was an extern inline function.
9426   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
9427   if (!Definition)
9428     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
9429       return;
9430 
9431   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
9432     return;
9433 
9434   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
9435       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
9436     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
9437         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
9438   else
9439     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
9440 
9441   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9442   FD->setInvalidDecl();
9443 }
9444 
9445 
9446 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
9447                                    Sema &S) {
9448   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
9449 
9450   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
9451   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
9452   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
9453   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
9454   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
9455 
9456   if (LCD == LCD_None)
9457     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
9458   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
9459     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
9460   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
9461     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
9462   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
9463 
9464   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
9465   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
9466 
9467   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
9468   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
9469   for (LambdaExpr::capture_iterator C = LambdaClass->captures_begin(),
9470       CEnd = LambdaClass->captures_end(); C != CEnd; ++C) {
9471     if (C->capturesVariable()) {
9472       VarDecl *VD = C->getCapturedVar();
9473       if (VD->isInitCapture())
9474         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
9475       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
9476       const bool ByRef = C->getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
9477       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
9478           /*RefersToEnclosingLocal*/true, C->getLocation(),
9479           /*EllipsisLoc*/C->isPackExpansion()
9480                          ? C->getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
9481           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ 0);
9482 
9483     } else if (C->capturesThis()) {
9484       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C->getLocation(),
9485                               S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ 0);
9486     }
9487   }
9488 }
9489 
9490 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
9491   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
9492   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
9493 
9494   if (!D)
9495     return D;
9496   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
9497 
9498   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
9499     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
9500   else
9501     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
9502   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
9503   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
9504   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
9505   // LambdaScopeInfo.
9506   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
9507   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
9508   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
9509   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
9510   // have the LSI properly restored.
9511   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
9512     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
9513       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
9514       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
9515     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
9516   }
9517   else
9518     // Enter a new function scope
9519     PushFunctionScope();
9520 
9521   // See if this is a redefinition.
9522   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
9523     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
9524 
9525   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
9526   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
9527     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
9528         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
9529       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
9530       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9531     }
9532   }
9533 
9534   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
9535   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
9536   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
9537   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
9538       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9539       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
9540                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
9541     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9542 
9543   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
9544   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
9545   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
9546   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
9547   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
9548   const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0;
9549   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
9550     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
9551 
9552     if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9553       // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
9554       // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
9555       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
9556               PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
9557         TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
9558         if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
9559           Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
9560                diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
9561             << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
9562             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
9563       }
9564     }
9565   }
9566 
9567   if (FnBodyScope)
9568     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
9569 
9570   // Check the validity of our function parameters
9571   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
9572                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
9573 
9574   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
9575   for (auto Param : FD->params()) {
9576     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
9577 
9578     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
9579     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
9580       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
9581 
9582       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
9583     }
9584   }
9585 
9586   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
9587   // introduce them into the function scope.
9588   if (FnBodyScope) {
9589     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
9590              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
9591              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
9592          I != E; ++I) {
9593       NamedDecl *D = *I;
9594 
9595       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
9596       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
9597       // and reattach to the current context.
9598       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
9599         // Is the decl actually in the context?
9600         for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) {
9601           if (DI == D) {
9602             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
9603             break;
9604           }
9605         }
9606         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
9607         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
9608       }
9609 
9610       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
9611       if (!D->getName().empty())
9612         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
9613 
9614       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
9615       // accessible in this scope.
9616       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
9617         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
9618           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
9619       }
9620     }
9621   }
9622 
9623   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
9624   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
9625     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
9626 
9627   // Checking attributes of current function definition
9628   // dllimport attribute.
9629   DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
9630   if (DA && (!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) {
9631     // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition.
9632     // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope.
9633     if (!DA->isInherited() &&
9634         !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
9635       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
9636            diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration)
9637         << DA;
9638       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9639       return D;
9640     }
9641 
9642     // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue
9643     // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled.
9644     if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) {
9645       // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the
9646       // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is
9647       // emitted.
9648       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
9649            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
9650         << FD << DA;
9651     }
9652   }
9653   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
9654   // a function template).
9655   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
9656   return D;
9657 }
9658 
9659 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
9660 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
9661 /// optimization.
9662 ///
9663 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
9664 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
9665 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
9666 /// use the named return value optimization.
9667 ///
9668 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
9669 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is
9670 /// the NRVO variable.
9671 ///
9672 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return
9673 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to
9674 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables.
9675 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
9676   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
9677 
9678   const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0;
9679   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
9680     if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
9681       return;
9682 
9683     if (!NRVOCandidate)
9684       NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate();
9685     else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
9686       return;
9687   }
9688 
9689   if (NRVOCandidate)
9690     const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true);
9691 }
9692 
9693 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
9694   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
9695   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
9696   // rest of the file.
9697   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
9698   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
9699   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
9700     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
9701       return false;
9702   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
9703 }
9704 
9705 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
9706   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
9707     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
9708   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
9709     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
9710   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0);
9711 }
9712 
9713 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
9714   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
9715 }
9716 
9717 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
9718                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
9719   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : 0;
9720 
9721   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
9722   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0;
9723 
9724   if (FD) {
9725     FD->setBody(Body);
9726 
9727     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
9728         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
9729       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
9730       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
9731       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
9732       if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
9733         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
9734             << FD->getReturnType();
9735         FD->setInvalidDecl();
9736       } else {
9737         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
9738         TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().
9739             IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getReturnLoc();
9740         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
9741             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
9742       }
9743     }
9744 
9745     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
9746     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
9747     // is the first declaration.
9748     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
9749       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
9750         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
9751       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
9752                (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
9753                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
9754         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
9755     }
9756 
9757     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
9758     // don't complain about missing return statements.
9759     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
9760       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
9761 
9762     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
9763     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
9764     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
9765       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition);
9766 
9767     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9768       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
9769       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
9770                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
9771 
9772       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
9773       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
9774         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
9775 
9776       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
9777       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
9778       // to deduce an implicit return type.
9779       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
9780           !FD->isDependentContext())
9781         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
9782     }
9783 
9784     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
9785            "Function parsing confused");
9786   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
9787     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
9788     MD->setBody(Body);
9789     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9790       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
9791       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
9792                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
9793 
9794       if (Body)
9795         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
9796     }
9797     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
9798       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
9799         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
9800       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
9801     }
9802     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
9803       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = 0;
9804       bool isDesignated =
9805           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
9806       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
9807       (void)isDesignated;
9808       Diag(MD->getLocation(),
9809            diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
9810       Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
9811            diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
9812       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
9813     }
9814     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
9815       Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
9816       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
9817     }
9818   } else {
9819     return 0;
9820   }
9821 
9822   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
9823          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
9824          "handled in the block above.");
9825 
9826   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
9827   if (Body) {
9828     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
9829     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
9830     // Verify this.
9831     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
9832       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
9833 
9834     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
9835     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
9836         !dcl->isInvalidDecl() &&
9837         !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() &&
9838         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
9839       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
9840 
9841     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
9842       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
9843         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
9844 
9845       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
9846                                              Destructor->getParent());
9847     }
9848 
9849     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
9850     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
9851     // deletion in some later function.
9852     if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
9853         PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
9854       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
9855     }
9856     if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
9857         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
9858       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
9859       // enabled.
9860       ActivePolicy = &WP;
9861     }
9862 
9863     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9864         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
9865          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
9866       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9867 
9868     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
9869     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
9870     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
9871            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
9872   }
9873 
9874   if (!IsInstantiation)
9875     PopDeclContext();
9876 
9877   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
9878   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
9879   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
9880   // deletion in some later function.
9881   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
9882     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
9883   }
9884 
9885   return dcl;
9886 }
9887 
9888 
9889 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
9890 /// relevant Decl.
9891 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
9892                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
9893   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
9894   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
9895     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
9896   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
9897 
9898   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
9899     if (Method->isStatic())
9900       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
9901 }
9902 
9903 
9904 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
9905 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
9906 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
9907                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
9908   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
9909   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
9910   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
9911   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
9912   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
9913     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
9914     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9915     return ExternCPrev;
9916   }
9917 
9918   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
9919   unsigned diag_id;
9920   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
9921     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
9922   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
9923     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
9924   else
9925     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
9926   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
9927 
9928   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
9929   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
9930   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
9931     TypoCorrection Corrected;
9932     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
9933     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
9934                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator)))
9935       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
9936                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
9937   }
9938 
9939   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
9940   const char *Dummy;
9941   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
9942   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
9943   unsigned DiagID;
9944   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
9945                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
9946   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
9947   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
9948   SourceLocation NoLoc;
9949   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
9950   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
9951                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
9952                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
9953                                              /*ArgInfo=*/0,
9954                                              /*NumArgs=*/0,
9955                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
9956                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
9957                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
9958                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
9959                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
9960                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
9961                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
9962                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
9963                                              EST_None,
9964                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
9965                                              /*Exceptions=*/0,
9966                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/0,
9967                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
9968                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/0,
9969                                              Loc, Loc, D),
9970                 DS.getAttributes(),
9971                 SourceLocation());
9972   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
9973 
9974   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
9975 
9976   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
9977   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
9978 
9979   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
9980   FD->setImplicit();
9981 
9982   CurContext = PrevDC;
9983 
9984   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
9985 
9986   return FD;
9987 }
9988 
9989 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
9990 /// the declaration of this function.
9991 ///
9992 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
9993 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
9994 /// like NSLog or printf.
9995 ///
9996 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
9997 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
9998 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
9999   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10000     return;
10001 
10002   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
10003   // actual attributes.
10004   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10005     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
10006     unsigned FormatIdx;
10007     bool HasVAListArg;
10008     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
10009       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
10010         const char *fmt = "printf";
10011         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
10012         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
10013             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
10014           fmt = "NSString";
10015         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10016                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
10017                                                FormatIdx+1,
10018                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10019                                                FD->getLocation()));
10020       }
10021     }
10022     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
10023                                              HasVAListArg)) {
10024      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10025        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10026                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
10027                                               FormatIdx+1,
10028                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10029                                               FD->getLocation()));
10030     }
10031 
10032     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
10033     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
10034     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
10035     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
10036         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
10037       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10038         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10039     }
10040 
10041     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
10042         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
10043       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10044                                          FD->getLocation()));
10045     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
10046       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10047     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10048       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10049   }
10050 
10051   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
10052   if (!Name)
10053     return;
10054   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10055        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
10056       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
10057        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
10058        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
10059     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
10060     // about.
10061   } else
10062     return;
10063 
10064   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
10065     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
10066     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
10067     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10068       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10069                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
10070                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
10071                                              FD->getLocation()));
10072   }
10073 
10074   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
10075     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
10076     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
10077     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
10078       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
10079                                                 FD->getLocation()));
10080   }
10081 }
10082 
10083 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
10084                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
10085   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
10086   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
10087 
10088   if (!TInfo) {
10089     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
10090     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
10091   }
10092 
10093   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
10094   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
10095                                            D.getLocStart(),
10096                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
10097                                            D.getIdentifier(),
10098                                            TInfo);
10099 
10100   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
10101   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
10102     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
10103     return NewTD;
10104   }
10105 
10106   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
10107     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
10108       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
10109         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
10110         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
10111         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
10112     else
10113       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
10114   }
10115 
10116   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
10117   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
10118   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
10119   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
10120   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
10121   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
10122   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
10123   case TST_enum:
10124   case TST_struct:
10125   case TST_interface:
10126   case TST_union:
10127   case TST_class: {
10128     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
10129 
10130     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
10131     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
10132     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
10133     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
10134 
10135     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
10136     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
10137 
10138     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
10139     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
10140       break;
10141 
10142     // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
10143     // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
10144     // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
10145     // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
10146     // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
10147     // for how to handle it.
10148     if (tagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
10149       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
10150 
10151       SourceLocation tagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc();
10152       tagLoc = Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc, 0, getSourceManager(),
10153                                           getLangOpts());
10154 
10155       llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
10156       textToInsert += ' ';
10157       textToInsert += D.getIdentifier()->getName();
10158       Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
10159         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
10160       break;
10161     }
10162 
10163     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
10164     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
10165     break;
10166   }
10167 
10168   default:
10169     break;
10170   }
10171 
10172   return NewTD;
10173 }
10174 
10175 
10176 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
10177 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
10178   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
10179   QualType T = TI->getType();
10180 
10181   if (T->isDependentType())
10182     return false;
10183 
10184   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
10185     if (BT->isInteger())
10186       return false;
10187 
10188   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
10189   return true;
10190 }
10191 
10192 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
10193 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
10194 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
10195                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
10196                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
10197   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
10198 
10199   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
10200     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
10201       << Prev->isScoped();
10202     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10203     return true;
10204   }
10205 
10206   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
10207     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
10208         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
10209         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
10210                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
10211       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
10212       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
10213         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
10214       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
10215           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
10216       return true;
10217     }
10218   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
10219     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
10220       << Prev->isFixed();
10221     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10222     return true;
10223   }
10224 
10225   return false;
10226 }
10227 
10228 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
10229 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
10230 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
10231 ///
10232 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
10233 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
10234   switch (Tag) {
10235   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
10236   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
10237   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
10238   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
10239   }
10240 }
10241 
10242 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
10243 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
10244 ///
10245 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
10246 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
10247 {
10248   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
10249 }
10250 
10251 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
10252 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
10253 ///
10254 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
10255 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
10256                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
10257                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
10258                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
10259   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
10260   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
10261   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
10262   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
10263   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
10264   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
10265   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
10266   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
10267   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
10268   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
10269   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
10270   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
10271   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
10272   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
10273   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
10274     if (OldTag == NewTag)
10275       return true;
10276 
10277   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
10278     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
10279     bool isTemplate = false;
10280     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
10281       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
10282 
10283     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
10284       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
10285       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
10286       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10287         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10288         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10289       return true;
10290     }
10291 
10292     if (isDefinition) {
10293       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
10294       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
10295       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10296         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
10297         return true;
10298       }
10299 
10300       bool previousMismatch = false;
10301       for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) {
10302         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
10303           if (!previousMismatch) {
10304             previousMismatch = true;
10305             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
10306               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10307               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
10308           }
10309           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10310             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
10311             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
10312                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
10313         }
10314       }
10315       return true;
10316     }
10317 
10318     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
10319     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
10320     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
10321     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
10322                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
10323     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
10324       return true;
10325     }
10326 
10327     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10328       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10329       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10330     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10331 
10332     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
10333     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10334         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10335           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
10336           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
10337                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
10338     }
10339 
10340     return true;
10341   }
10342   return false;
10343 }
10344 
10345 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
10346 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
10347 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
10348 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
10349 ///
10350 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or
10351 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
10352 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
10353                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
10354                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
10355                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
10356                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
10357                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
10358                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
10359                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
10360                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
10361                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
10362                      bool IsTypeSpecifier) {
10363   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
10364   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
10365   assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
10366          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
10367   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
10368 
10369   OwnedDecl = false;
10370   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
10371   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
10372 
10373   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
10374   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
10375   bool Invalid = false;
10376 
10377   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
10378   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
10379   // for non-C++ cases.
10380   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
10381       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
10382     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
10383             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
10384                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, TemplateParameterLists, TUK == TUK_Friend,
10385                 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
10386       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10387         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
10388         return 0;
10389       }
10390 
10391       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
10392         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
10393         // be a member of another template).
10394 
10395         if (Invalid)
10396           return 0;
10397 
10398         OwnedDecl = false;
10399         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
10400                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
10401                                                TemplateParams, AS,
10402                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
10403                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
10404                                                TemplateParameterLists.data());
10405         return Result.get();
10406       } else {
10407         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
10408         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
10409           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
10410         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
10411       }
10412     }
10413   }
10414 
10415   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
10416   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
10417   // redeclaration.
10418   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
10419 
10420   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10421     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
10422       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
10423       // type, default to int.
10424       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10425     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
10426       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
10427       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
10428       TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0;
10429       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
10430       EnumUnderlying = TI;
10431 
10432       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
10433         // Recover by falling back to int.
10434         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10435 
10436       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
10437                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
10438         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10439 
10440     } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
10441       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
10442       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10443   }
10444 
10445   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
10446   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
10447   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
10448 
10449   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
10450   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
10451     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
10452 
10453   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
10454   bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
10455   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
10456     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
10457 
10458     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
10459     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
10460       Name = 0;
10461       goto CreateNewDecl;
10462     }
10463 
10464     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
10465     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
10466     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
10467       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
10468       if (!DC) {
10469         IsDependent = true;
10470         return 0;
10471       }
10472     } else {
10473       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
10474       if (!DC) {
10475         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
10476           << SS.getRange();
10477         return 0;
10478       }
10479     }
10480 
10481     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
10482       return 0;
10483 
10484     SearchDC = DC;
10485     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
10486     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
10487 
10488     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
10489       return 0;
10490 
10491     if (Previous.empty()) {
10492       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
10493       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
10494       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
10495       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
10496       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
10497       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
10498       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
10499           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
10500         IsDependent = true;
10501         return 0;
10502       }
10503 
10504       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
10505       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
10506         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
10507       Name = 0;
10508       Invalid = true;
10509       goto CreateNewDecl;
10510     }
10511   } else if (Name) {
10512     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
10513     // declaration or definition.
10514     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
10515     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
10516     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
10517     LookupName(Previous, S);
10518 
10519     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
10520     // by types using'ed into this scope.
10521     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
10522         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
10523       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
10524       while (F.hasNext()) {
10525         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
10526         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
10527           F.erase();
10528       }
10529       F.done();
10530     }
10531 
10532     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
10533     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
10534     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
10535     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
10536     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
10537     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
10538     //
10539     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
10540     // semantic context?
10541     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10542       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
10543       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
10544       while (F.hasNext()) {
10545         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
10546         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
10547         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
10548             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
10549           F.erase();
10550           FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
10551         }
10552       }
10553       F.done();
10554     }
10555 
10556     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
10557     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
10558       return 0;
10559 
10560     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
10561       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
10562       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
10563       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
10564       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
10565       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
10566         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
10567     }
10568   } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
10569     // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its
10570     // initial context to the translation unit.
10571     // FIXME: [citation needed]
10572     SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
10573   }
10574 
10575   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
10576       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
10577     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10578     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
10579     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10580     Previous.clear();
10581   }
10582 
10583   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
10584       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
10585     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
10586     isStdBadAlloc = true;
10587 
10588     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
10589       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
10590       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
10591       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
10592       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
10593     }
10594   }
10595 
10596   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
10597   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
10598   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
10599   // there's a shadow friend decl.
10600   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
10601       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
10602     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
10603     assert(SS.isEmpty());
10604 
10605     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
10606       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
10607       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
10608       //
10609       //          class-key identifier
10610       //
10611       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
10612       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
10613       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
10614       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
10615       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
10616       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
10617       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
10618       //      declaration.
10619       //
10620       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
10621       // C structs and unions.
10622       //
10623       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
10624       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
10625       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
10626       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
10627       //
10628       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
10629       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
10630       //
10631       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
10632       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
10633       // lexical context,
10634       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
10635         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
10636 
10637       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
10638       while (S->isClassScope() ||
10639              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10640               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
10641              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
10642              (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
10643         S = S->getParent();
10644     } else {
10645       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
10646       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
10647       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
10648       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
10649       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
10650       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
10651     }
10652 
10653     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
10654     // diagnose some problems.
10655     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10656       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
10657       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
10658     }
10659   }
10660 
10661   if (!Previous.empty()) {
10662     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
10663     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl =
10664         getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl;
10665 
10666     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
10667     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
10668     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
10669     // in C++.
10670     //
10671     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
10672     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
10673     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
10674     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
10675     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10676       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10677         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
10678           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
10679           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
10680               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
10681                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
10682             PrevDecl = Tag;
10683             Previous.clear();
10684             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
10685             Previous.resolveKind();
10686           }
10687         }
10688       }
10689     }
10690 
10691     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10692       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
10693       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
10694       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
10695       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
10696           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
10697                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
10698         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
10699         // struct or something similar.
10700         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
10701                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
10702                                           *Name)) {
10703           bool SafeToContinue
10704             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
10705                Kind != TTK_Enum);
10706           if (SafeToContinue)
10707             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
10708               << Name
10709               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
10710                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
10711           else
10712             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
10713           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10714 
10715           if (SafeToContinue)
10716             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
10717           else {
10718             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
10719             Name = 0;
10720             Previous.clear();
10721             Invalid = true;
10722           }
10723         }
10724 
10725         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
10726           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
10727 
10728           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
10729           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
10730           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10731             if (ScopedEnum)
10732               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
10733                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
10734                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
10735             return PrevTagDecl;
10736           }
10737 
10738           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
10739           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
10740             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
10741           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
10742             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
10743 
10744           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
10745           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
10746           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
10747           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
10748                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
10749             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0;
10750         }
10751 
10752         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
10753         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
10754         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
10755         //   and then later defined.
10756         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
10757             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
10758           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
10759           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10760         }
10761 
10762         if (!Invalid) {
10763           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found.
10764 
10765           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
10766           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
10767           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
10768           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
10769           if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ||
10770                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend)
10771             return PrevTagDecl;
10772 
10773           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
10774           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
10775             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
10776               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
10777               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
10778               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
10779               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
10780               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
10781                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
10782                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
10783                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
10784                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
10785                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
10786                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
10787                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
10788                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
10789               }
10790 
10791               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
10792                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
10793                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
10794                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
10795                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
10796                 else
10797                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
10798                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10799                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
10800                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
10801                 // references get the previous definition.
10802                 Name = 0;
10803                 Previous.clear();
10804                 Invalid = true;
10805               }
10806             } else {
10807               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
10808               // about a nested redefinition.
10809               const TagType *Tag
10810                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
10811               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
10812                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
10813                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
10814                      diag::note_previous_definition);
10815                 Name = 0;
10816                 Previous.clear();
10817                 Invalid = true;
10818               }
10819             }
10820 
10821             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
10822             // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
10823           }
10824         }
10825         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
10826         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
10827 
10828       } else {
10829         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
10830         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
10831         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
10832         // have distinct types.
10833         Previous.clear();
10834       }
10835       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
10836       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
10837       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
10838 
10839 
10840     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
10841     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
10842     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
10843     } else {
10844       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
10845       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
10846       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
10847       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
10848           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
10849         unsigned Kind = 0;
10850         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
10851         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
10852         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
10853         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
10854         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
10855         Invalid = true;
10856 
10857       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
10858       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
10859                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
10860         // do nothing
10861 
10862       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
10863       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10864         unsigned Kind = 0;
10865         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
10866         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
10867         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
10868         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
10869         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
10870         Invalid = true;
10871 
10872       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
10873       // case here.
10874       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10875         unsigned Kind = 0;
10876         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
10877         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
10878           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
10879         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
10880         Invalid = true;
10881 
10882       // Otherwise, diagnose.
10883       } else {
10884         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
10885         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
10886         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
10887         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10888         Name = 0;
10889         Invalid = true;
10890       }
10891 
10892       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
10893       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
10894       Previous.clear();
10895     }
10896   }
10897 
10898 CreateNewDecl:
10899 
10900   TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
10901   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
10902     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
10903 
10904   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
10905   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
10906   // keyword.
10907   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
10908 
10909   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
10910   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
10911   // PrevDecl.
10912   TagDecl *New;
10913 
10914   bool IsForwardReference = false;
10915   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10916     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
10917     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
10918     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
10919                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
10920                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
10921     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
10922     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
10923       TagDecl *Def;
10924       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
10925           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
10926         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
10927         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
10928       }
10929       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
10930         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
10931           << New;
10932         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10933       } else {
10934         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
10935         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
10936           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
10937         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10938           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
10939         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
10940 
10941         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
10942         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
10943         // the declaration context.
10944         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
10945           IsForwardReference = true;
10946       }
10947     }
10948 
10949     if (EnumUnderlying) {
10950       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
10951       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
10952         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
10953       else
10954         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
10955       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
10956     }
10957 
10958   } else {
10959     // struct/union/class
10960 
10961     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
10962     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
10963     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10964       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
10965       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
10966                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
10967 
10968       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
10969         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
10970     } else
10971       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
10972                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
10973   }
10974 
10975   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
10976   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
10977   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
10978     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
10979       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
10980     Invalid = true;
10981   }
10982 
10983   // Maybe add qualifier info.
10984   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
10985     if (SS.isSet()) {
10986       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
10987       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
10988       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
10989       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
10990       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
10991       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
10992           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
10993           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
10994         Invalid = true;
10995 
10996       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
10997       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
10998         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
10999                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
11000                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
11001       }
11002     }
11003     else
11004       Invalid = true;
11005   }
11006 
11007   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
11008     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
11009     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
11010     //
11011     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
11012     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
11013     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
11014     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
11015     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
11016     // parsing of the struct).
11017     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11018       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
11019       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
11020     }
11021   }
11022 
11023   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
11024     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
11025       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
11026         << 2
11027         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
11028     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
11029     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
11030     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
11031     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11032       New->setModulePrivate();
11033   }
11034 
11035   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
11036   // check the specialization.
11037   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
11038     Invalid = true;
11039 
11040   if (Invalid)
11041     New->setInvalidDecl();
11042 
11043   if (Attr)
11044     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
11045 
11046   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
11047   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
11048   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
11049   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && (Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
11050       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
11051     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11052     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
11053   }
11054 
11055   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
11056   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
11057   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
11058 
11059   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
11060   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
11061   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
11062   // the tag name visible.
11063   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
11064     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(!FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace &&
11065                                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt);
11066 
11067   // Set the access specifier.
11068   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
11069     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
11070 
11071   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
11072     New->startDefinition();
11073 
11074   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
11075   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11076     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
11077     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
11078     if (PrevDecl)
11079       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
11080 
11081     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11082     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11083     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
11084       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
11085         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
11086   } else if (Name) {
11087     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
11088     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
11089     if (IsForwardReference)
11090       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11091 
11092   } else {
11093     CurContext->addDecl(New);
11094   }
11095 
11096   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
11097   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
11098     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
11099         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
11100         II->isStr("FILE"))
11101       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
11102 
11103   if (PrevDecl)
11104     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
11105 
11106   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11107   // record.
11108   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
11109 
11110   OwnedDecl = true;
11111   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
11112   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
11113   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New;
11114 }
11115 
11116 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11117   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11118   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11119 
11120   // Enter the tag context.
11121   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
11122 
11123   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
11124 
11125   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11126   // record.
11127   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
11128 }
11129 
11130 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
11131   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
11132          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
11133   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
11134   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
11135       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
11136   CurContext = OCD;
11137   return IDecl;
11138 }
11139 
11140 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11141                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
11142                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
11143                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
11144   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11145   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
11146 
11147   FieldCollector->StartClass();
11148 
11149   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
11150     return;
11151 
11152   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
11153     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
11154                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
11155 
11156   // C++ [class]p2:
11157   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
11158   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
11159   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
11160   //   as if it were a public member name.
11161   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
11162     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
11163                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
11164                             Record->getIdentifier(),
11165                             /*PrevDecl=*/0,
11166                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
11167   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
11168   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
11169   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
11170   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
11171       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
11172   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
11173   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
11174          "Broken injected-class-name");
11175 }
11176 
11177 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11178                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
11179   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11180   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11181   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
11182 
11183   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11184   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11185     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
11186     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11187       RD->completeDefinition();
11188   }
11189 
11190   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
11191     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
11192 
11193   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
11194   PopDeclContext();
11195 
11196   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
11197       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
11198     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
11199 
11200   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
11201   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
11202     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
11203 }
11204 
11205 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
11206   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
11207   PopDeclContext();
11208 }
11209 
11210 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11211   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
11212   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
11213   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
11214 }
11215 
11216 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11217   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
11218   OriginalLexicalContext = 0;
11219 }
11220 
11221 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11222   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11223   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11224   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
11225 
11226   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11227   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11228     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11229       RD->completeDefinition();
11230   }
11231 
11232   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
11233   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
11234   // the FieldCollector.
11235 
11236   PopDeclContext();
11237 }
11238 
11239 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
11240 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
11241                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
11242                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
11243                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
11244   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
11245   if (ZeroWidth)
11246     *ZeroWidth = true;
11247 
11248   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
11249   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
11250   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
11251     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
11252     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
11253       return ExprError();
11254     if (FieldName)
11255       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
11256         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11257     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
11258       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11259   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
11260                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
11261     return ExprError();
11262 
11263   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
11264   // it now.
11265   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
11266     return Owned(BitWidth);
11267 
11268   llvm::APSInt Value;
11269   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
11270   if (ICE.isInvalid())
11271     return ICE;
11272   BitWidth = ICE.take();
11273 
11274   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
11275     *ZeroWidth = false;
11276 
11277   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
11278   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
11279     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
11280 
11281   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
11282     if (FieldName)
11283       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11284                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
11285     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11286       << Value.toString(10);
11287   }
11288 
11289   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
11290     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
11291     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
11292       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct ||
11293           Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
11294         if (FieldName)
11295           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11296             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11297             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11298 
11299         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11300           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11301       }
11302 
11303       if (FieldName)
11304         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11305           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11306           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11307       else
11308         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11309           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11310     }
11311   }
11312 
11313   return Owned(BitWidth);
11314 }
11315 
11316 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
11317 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
11318 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
11319                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
11320   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
11321                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
11322                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
11323   return Res;
11324 }
11325 
11326 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
11327 ///
11328 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
11329                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
11330                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
11331                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11332                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
11333   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
11334   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
11335   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
11336 
11337   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11338   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
11339   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11340     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
11341 
11342     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
11343                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
11344       D.setInvalidType();
11345       T = Context.IntTy;
11346       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
11347     }
11348   }
11349 
11350   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
11351   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
11352     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
11353     D.setInvalidType();
11354   }
11355 
11356   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
11357   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
11358   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
11359     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
11360     D.setInvalidType();
11361   }
11362 
11363   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
11364 
11365   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
11366     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
11367          diag::err_invalid_thread)
11368       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
11369 
11370   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
11371   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
11372   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
11373   LookupName(Previous, S);
11374   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
11375     case LookupResult::Found:
11376     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
11377       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
11378       break;
11379 
11380     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
11381       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
11382       break;
11383 
11384     case LookupResult::NotFound:
11385     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
11386     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
11387       break;
11388   }
11389   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
11390 
11391   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
11392     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11393     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
11394     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11395     PrevDecl = 0;
11396   }
11397 
11398   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
11399     PrevDecl = 0;
11400 
11401   bool Mutable
11402     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
11403   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
11404   FieldDecl *NewFD
11405     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
11406                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
11407 
11408   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
11409     Record->setInvalidDecl();
11410 
11411   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11412     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
11413 
11414   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
11415     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
11416     // with the same name in the same scope.
11417   } else if (II) {
11418     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
11419   } else
11420     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
11421 
11422   return NewFD;
11423 }
11424 
11425 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
11426 ///
11427 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
11428 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
11429 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
11430 /// created.
11431 ///
11432 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
11433 ///
11434 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
11435 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
11436                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
11437                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
11438                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
11439                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11440                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
11441                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
11442                                 Declarator *D) {
11443   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
11444   bool InvalidDecl = false;
11445   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
11446 
11447   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
11448   // marking this declaration as invalid.
11449   if (T.isNull()) {
11450     InvalidDecl = true;
11451     T = Context.IntTy;
11452   }
11453 
11454   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
11455   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
11456     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
11457       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
11458       Record->setInvalidDecl();
11459       InvalidDecl = true;
11460     } else {
11461       NamedDecl *Def;
11462       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
11463       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
11464         Record->setInvalidDecl();
11465         InvalidDecl = true;
11466       }
11467     }
11468   }
11469 
11470   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
11471   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
11472     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
11473     InvalidDecl = true;
11474   }
11475 
11476   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
11477   // than a variably modified type.
11478   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
11479     bool SizeIsNegative;
11480     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
11481 
11482     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
11483       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
11484                                                     SizeIsNegative,
11485                                                     Oversized);
11486     if (FixedTInfo) {
11487       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
11488       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
11489       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
11490     } else {
11491       if (SizeIsNegative)
11492         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
11493       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
11494         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
11495           << Oversized.toString(10);
11496       else
11497         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
11498       InvalidDecl = true;
11499     }
11500   }
11501 
11502   // Fields can not have abstract class types
11503   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
11504                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
11505                                              AbstractFieldType))
11506     InvalidDecl = true;
11507 
11508   bool ZeroWidth = false;
11509   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
11510   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
11511     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
11512                               &ZeroWidth).take();
11513     if (!BitWidth) {
11514       InvalidDecl = true;
11515       BitWidth = 0;
11516       ZeroWidth = false;
11517     }
11518   }
11519 
11520   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
11521   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
11522     unsigned DiagID = 0;
11523     if (T->isReferenceType())
11524       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
11525     else if (T.isConstQualified())
11526       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
11527 
11528     if (DiagID) {
11529       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
11530       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
11531         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
11532       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
11533       Mutable = false;
11534       InvalidDecl = true;
11535     }
11536   }
11537 
11538   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
11539   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
11540   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
11541   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
11542     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
11543 
11544   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
11545                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
11546   if (InvalidDecl)
11547     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11548 
11549   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11550     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
11551     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11552     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11553   }
11554 
11555   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11556     if (Record->isUnion()) {
11557       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11558         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
11559         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
11560           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
11561           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
11562           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
11563           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
11564           // objects.
11565           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
11566             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11567         }
11568       }
11569 
11570       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
11571       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
11572       // enabled.
11573       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
11574         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
11575                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
11576                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
11577           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
11578         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
11579           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11580       }
11581     }
11582   }
11583 
11584   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
11585   // representation, not a parser representation.
11586   if (D) {
11587     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
11588     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
11589 
11590     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
11591       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
11592   }
11593 
11594   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
11595   // retainable type.
11596   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
11597     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11598 
11599   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
11600     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
11601 
11602   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
11603   return NewFD;
11604 }
11605 
11606 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
11607   assert(FD);
11608   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
11609 
11610   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
11611     return false;
11612 
11613   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
11614   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11615     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
11616     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
11617       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
11618       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
11619       // copy constructors.
11620 
11621       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
11622       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
11623       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
11624       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
11625       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
11626       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
11627       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
11628         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
11629       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
11630         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
11631       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
11632         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
11633       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
11634         member = CXXDestructor;
11635 
11636       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
11637         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
11638             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
11639           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
11640           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
11641           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
11642           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
11643           // members unavailable.
11644           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
11645           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
11646             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
11647               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11648                                   "this system field has retaining ownership",
11649                                   Loc));
11650             return false;
11651           }
11652         }
11653 
11654         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
11655                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
11656                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
11657           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
11658         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
11659         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
11660       }
11661     }
11662   }
11663 
11664   return false;
11665 }
11666 
11667 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
11668 ///  AST enum value.
11669 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
11670 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
11671   switch (ivarVisibility) {
11672   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
11673   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
11674   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
11675   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
11676   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
11677   }
11678 }
11679 
11680 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
11681 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
11682 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
11683                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
11684                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
11685                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
11686 
11687   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
11688   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
11689   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
11690   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
11691 
11692   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
11693   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
11694 
11695   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11696   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
11697 
11698   if (BitWidth) {
11699     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
11700     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).take();
11701     if (!BitWidth)
11702       D.setInvalidType();
11703   } else {
11704     // Not a bitfield.
11705 
11706     // validate II.
11707 
11708   }
11709   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
11710     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
11711     D.setInvalidType();
11712   }
11713   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
11714   // than a variably modified type.
11715   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
11716     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
11717     D.setInvalidType();
11718   }
11719 
11720   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
11721   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
11722     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
11723                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
11724   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
11725   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
11726   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
11727     return 0;
11728   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
11729   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
11730       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11731     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
11732     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
11733       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
11734       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
11735     }
11736     else
11737       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
11738   } else {
11739     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
11740         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11741       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
11742         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
11743         return 0;
11744       }
11745     }
11746     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
11747   }
11748 
11749   // Construct the decl.
11750   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
11751                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
11752                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
11753 
11754   if (II) {
11755     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
11756                                            ForRedeclaration);
11757     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
11758         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11759       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
11760       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11761       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11762     }
11763   }
11764 
11765   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
11766   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
11767 
11768   if (D.isInvalidType())
11769     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11770 
11771   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
11772   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
11773     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11774 
11775   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11776     NewID->setModulePrivate();
11777 
11778   if (II) {
11779     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
11780     // these to the interface.
11781     S->AddDecl(NewID);
11782     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
11783   }
11784 
11785   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
11786       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
11787     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
11788 
11789   return NewID;
11790 }
11791 
11792 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
11793 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
11794 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
11795 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
11796 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
11797                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
11798   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
11799     return;
11800 
11801   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
11802   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
11803 
11804   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
11805     return;
11806   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
11807   if (!ID) {
11808     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
11809       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
11810         return;
11811     }
11812     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
11813     else
11814       return;
11815   }
11816   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
11817   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
11818   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
11819 
11820   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
11821                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0,
11822                               Context.CharTy,
11823                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
11824                                                                DeclLoc),
11825                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
11826                               true);
11827   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
11828 }
11829 
11830 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
11831                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
11832                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
11833   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
11834 
11835   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
11836   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
11837   // it will now change.
11838   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11839     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
11840     switch (DC->getKind()) {
11841     default: break;
11842     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
11843       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
11844       break;
11845     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
11846       Context.
11847         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
11848       break;
11849     }
11850   }
11851 
11852   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
11853 
11854   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
11855   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
11856   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
11857   if (Record) {
11858     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
11859       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
11860         if (IFD->getDeclName())
11861           ++NumNamedMembers;
11862     }
11863   }
11864 
11865   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
11866   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
11867 
11868   bool ARCErrReported = false;
11869   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
11870        i != end; ++i) {
11871     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
11872 
11873     // Get the type for the field.
11874     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
11875 
11876     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
11877       // Remember all fields written by the user.
11878       RecFields.push_back(FD);
11879     }
11880 
11881     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
11882     // diagnostics about it.
11883     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
11884       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11885       continue;
11886     }
11887 
11888     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
11889     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
11890     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
11891     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
11892     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
11893     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
11894     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
11895     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
11896     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
11897     //   array.
11898     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
11899       // Field declared as a function.
11900       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
11901         << FD->getDeclName();
11902       FD->setInvalidDecl();
11903       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11904       continue;
11905     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
11906                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
11907                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
11908                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
11909                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
11910       // Flexible array member.
11911       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
11912       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
11913       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
11914       unsigned DiagID = 0;
11915       if (Record->isUnion())
11916         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
11917                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
11918                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
11919                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
11920                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
11921       else if (Fields.size() == 1)
11922         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
11923                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
11924                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
11925                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
11926                            : NumNamedMembers < 1
11927                                  ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate
11928                                  : 0;
11929 
11930       if (DiagID)
11931         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
11932                                         << Record->getTagKind();
11933       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
11934       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
11935       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
11936       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
11937       // of the type.
11938       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
11939         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
11940           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
11941             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
11942       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
11943         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
11944           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
11945 
11946       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
11947       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
11948       //
11949       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
11950       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
11951       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
11952       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
11953         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
11954           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
11955         FD->setInvalidDecl();
11956         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11957         continue;
11958       }
11959       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
11960       if (Record)
11961         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
11962     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
11963                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
11964                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
11965       // Incomplete type
11966       FD->setInvalidDecl();
11967       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11968       continue;
11969     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11970       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
11971         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
11972         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
11973           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
11974         } else {
11975           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
11976           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
11977           // structures.
11978           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
11979             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
11980               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
11981           else {
11982             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
11983             // other structs as an extension.
11984             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
11985               << FD->getDeclName();
11986             if (Record)
11987               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
11988           }
11989         }
11990       }
11991       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
11992           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
11993                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
11994                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
11995         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
11996         FD->setInvalidDecl();
11997       }
11998       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
11999         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12000       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
12001         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12002     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
12003       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
12004       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
12005         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
12006       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
12007       FD->setType(T);
12008     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
12009                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
12010       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
12011       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
12012       // so we just make the field unavailable.
12013       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
12014       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
12015       QualType T = FD->getType();
12016       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
12017       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
12018         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
12019         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
12020           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
12021             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12022                               "this system field has retaining ownership",
12023                               loc));
12024           }
12025         } else {
12026           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
12027             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
12028         }
12029         ARCErrReported = true;
12030       }
12031     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
12032                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
12033                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
12034       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12035           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
12036         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12037       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
12038         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12039         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
12040             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12041           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12042         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12043                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
12044                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12045       }
12046     }
12047     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
12048       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12049     // Keep track of the number of named members.
12050     if (FD->getIdentifier())
12051       ++NumNamedMembers;
12052   }
12053 
12054   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
12055   if (Record) {
12056     bool Completed = false;
12057     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
12058       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
12059         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
12060         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
12061                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
12062                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
12063           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
12064 
12065         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
12066           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
12067             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
12068             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
12069               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
12070                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
12071           }
12072 
12073           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
12074           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
12075 
12076           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
12077           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
12078           // problem now.
12079           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
12080             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
12081             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
12082 
12083             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
12084                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
12085                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
12086               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
12087                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
12088                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
12089                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
12090                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
12091                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
12092                   continue;
12093 
12094                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
12095                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
12096                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
12097                 //   program is ill-formed.
12098                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
12099                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
12100                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
12101                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
12102                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
12103                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
12104                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
12105                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
12106                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
12107                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
12108 
12109                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
12110               }
12111             }
12112             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
12113             Completed = true;
12114           }
12115         }
12116       }
12117     }
12118 
12119     if (!Completed)
12120       Record->completeDefinition();
12121 
12122     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
12123       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
12124 
12125       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
12126         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
12127                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
12128                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
12129     }
12130 
12131     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
12132     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
12133     // compatibility problems.
12134     bool CheckForZeroSize;
12135     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12136       CheckForZeroSize = true;
12137     } else {
12138       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
12139       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
12140       CheckForZeroSize =
12141           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
12142           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
12143           CXXRecord->isCLike();
12144     }
12145     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
12146       bool ZeroSize = true;
12147       bool IsEmpty = true;
12148       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
12149       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
12150                                       E = Record->field_end();
12151            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
12152         IsEmpty = false;
12153         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
12154           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
12155             ZeroSize = false;
12156         } else {
12157           ++NonBitFields;
12158           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
12159           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
12160               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
12161             ZeroSize = false;
12162         }
12163       }
12164 
12165       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
12166       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
12167       // extern "C" block.
12168       if (ZeroSize) {
12169         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
12170                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
12171                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
12172           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
12173       }
12174 
12175       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
12176       // but are accepted by GCC.
12177       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12178         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
12179                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
12180           << Record->isUnion();
12181       }
12182     }
12183   } else {
12184     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
12185       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
12186     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12187       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
12188       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
12189       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12190         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
12191         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12192       }
12193       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
12194       // duplicates.
12195       if (ID->getSuperClass())
12196         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
12197     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12198                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12199       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
12200       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
12201         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
12202         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
12203         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
12204       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
12205       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12206       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12207     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12208                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12209       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
12210       // reported as errors elsewhere.
12211       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
12212       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
12213       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
12214       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
12215       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
12216       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12217         if (IDecl) {
12218           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
12219               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12220             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12221                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12222             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12223             continue;
12224           }
12225           for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator
12226                  Ext = IDecl->known_extensions_begin(),
12227                  ExtEnd = IDecl->known_extensions_end();
12228                Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) {
12229             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
12230                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12231               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12232                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12233               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12234               continue;
12235             }
12236           }
12237         }
12238         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
12239         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12240       }
12241       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12242       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12243     }
12244   }
12245 
12246   if (Attr)
12247     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
12248 }
12249 
12250 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
12251 /// the given type T.
12252 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
12253                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
12254                                         QualType T) {
12255   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12256   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
12257 
12258   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
12259     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
12260       --BitWidth;
12261     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
12262   }
12263   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
12264 }
12265 
12266 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
12267 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
12268 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
12269   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
12270   // enum checking below.
12271   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12272   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
12273   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12274     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
12275   };
12276   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12277     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
12278     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
12279   };
12280 
12281   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
12282   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
12283                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
12284   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
12285     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
12286       return Types[I];
12287 
12288   return QualType();
12289 }
12290 
12291 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
12292                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
12293                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
12294                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
12295                                           Expr *Val) {
12296   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
12297   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
12298   QualType EltTy;
12299 
12300   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
12301     Val = 0;
12302 
12303   if (Val)
12304     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take();
12305 
12306   if (Val) {
12307     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
12308       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12309     else {
12310       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
12311       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
12312           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
12313         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
12314         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
12315         // constant expression of the underlying type.
12316         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12317         ExprResult Converted =
12318           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
12319                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
12320         if (Converted.isInvalid())
12321           Val = 0;
12322         else
12323           Val = Converted.take();
12324       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
12325                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
12326                                                          &EnumVal).take())) {
12327         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
12328       } else {
12329         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12330           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12331 
12332           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
12333           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
12334           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
12335           // expression checking.
12336           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12337             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
12338               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12339               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12340             } else
12341               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12342           } else
12343             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12344         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12345           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
12346           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12347           //   is the type of its initializing value:
12348           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
12349           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
12350           EltTy = Val->getType();
12351         } else {
12352           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
12353           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
12354           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
12355           //   representable as an int.
12356 
12357           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
12358           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
12359             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12360               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
12361               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
12362           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
12363             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
12364             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12365           }
12366           EltTy = Val->getType();
12367         }
12368       }
12369     }
12370   }
12371 
12372   if (!Val) {
12373     if (Enum->isDependentType())
12374       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12375     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
12376       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12377       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12378       //   is the type of its initializing value:
12379       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
12380       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
12381       //
12382       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
12383       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
12384       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12385         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12386       }
12387       else {
12388         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
12389       }
12390     } else {
12391       // Assign the last value + 1.
12392       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12393       ++EnumVal;
12394       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
12395 
12396       // Check for overflow on increment.
12397       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
12398         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12399         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12400         //   is the type of its initializing value:
12401         //
12402         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
12403         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
12404         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
12405         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
12406         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
12407         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
12408         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
12409         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
12410           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
12411           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
12412           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12413           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
12414           ++EnumVal;
12415           if (Enum->isFixed())
12416             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
12417             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
12418               << EnumVal.toString(10)
12419               << EltTy;
12420           else
12421             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
12422               << EnumVal.toString(10);
12423         } else {
12424           EltTy = T;
12425         }
12426 
12427         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
12428         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
12429         // value, then increment.
12430         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12431         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12432         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12433         ++EnumVal;
12434 
12435         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
12436         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
12437         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
12438         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
12439         // integral type.
12440         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
12441           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
12442       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12443                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12444         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
12445         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12446           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
12447       }
12448     }
12449   }
12450 
12451   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12452     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
12453     // enumerator's type.
12454     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12455     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12456   }
12457 
12458   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
12459                                   Val, EnumVal);
12460 }
12461 
12462 
12463 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
12464                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
12465                               AttributeList *Attr,
12466                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
12467   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
12468   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
12469     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
12470 
12471   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
12472   // we find one that is.
12473   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
12474 
12475   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
12476   // scope.
12477   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
12478                                          ForRedeclaration);
12479   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
12480     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12481     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
12482     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12483     PrevDecl = 0;
12484   }
12485 
12486   if (PrevDecl) {
12487     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
12488     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
12489     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
12490            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
12491     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
12492       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
12493         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
12494       else
12495         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
12496       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12497       return 0;
12498     }
12499   }
12500 
12501   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
12502   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
12503   // different from T:
12504   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
12505   // enumerated type
12506   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
12507                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
12508                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
12509     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
12510         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
12511       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
12512 
12513   EnumConstantDecl *New =
12514     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
12515 
12516   if (New) {
12517     // Process attributes.
12518     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
12519 
12520     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
12521     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
12522     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
12523   }
12524 
12525   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
12526 
12527   return New;
12528 }
12529 
12530 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
12531 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
12532 // Element2 = Element1
12533 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
12534 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
12535 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
12536 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
12537   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
12538   if (!InitExpr)
12539     return true;
12540   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
12541 
12542   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
12543     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
12544       return true;
12545     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
12546     if (!IL)
12547       return true;
12548     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
12549       return true;
12550 
12551     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
12552   }
12553 
12554   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
12555   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
12556   if (!DRE)
12557     return true;
12558 
12559   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
12560   if (!EnumConstant)
12561     return true;
12562 
12563   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
12564       Enum)
12565     return true;
12566 
12567   return false;
12568 }
12569 
12570 struct DupKey {
12571   int64_t val;
12572   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
12573   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
12574     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
12575 };
12576 
12577 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
12578   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
12579                 false);
12580 }
12581 
12582 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
12583   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
12584   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
12585   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
12586     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
12587   }
12588   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
12589     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
12590            LHS.val == RHS.val;
12591   }
12592 };
12593 
12594 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
12595 // a previous element has already been set to.
12596 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
12597                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
12598                                         QualType EnumType) {
12599   if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values,
12600                                  Enum->getLocation()) ==
12601       DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
12602     return;
12603   // Avoid anonymous enums
12604   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
12605     return;
12606 
12607   // Only check for small enums.
12608   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
12609     return;
12610 
12611   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
12612   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
12613 
12614   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
12615   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
12616           ValueToVectorMap;
12617 
12618   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
12619   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
12620 
12621   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
12622   // an initialier.
12623   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12624     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12625 
12626     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
12627     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
12628     if (!ECD) {
12629       return;
12630     }
12631 
12632     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
12633       continue;
12634 
12635     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
12636     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
12637 
12638     // First time encountering this value.
12639     if (Entry.isNull())
12640       Entry = ECD;
12641   }
12642 
12643   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
12644   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12645     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12646     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
12647       continue;
12648 
12649     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
12650 
12651     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
12652     if (Entry.isNull())
12653       continue;
12654 
12655     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
12656       // Ensure constants are different.
12657       if (D == ECD)
12658         continue;
12659 
12660       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
12661       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
12662       Vec->push_back(D);
12663       Vec->push_back(ECD);
12664 
12665       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
12666       Entry = Vec;
12667 
12668       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
12669       // diagnostics.
12670       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
12671       continue;
12672     }
12673 
12674     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
12675     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
12676     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
12677       continue;
12678 
12679     Vec->push_back(ECD);
12680   }
12681 
12682   // Emit diagnostics.
12683   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
12684                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
12685        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
12686     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
12687     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
12688 
12689     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
12690     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
12691     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
12692       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
12693       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
12694     ++I;
12695 
12696     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
12697     // the same value.
12698     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
12699       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
12700         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
12701         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
12702     delete Vec;
12703   }
12704 }
12705 
12706 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
12707                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
12708                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
12709                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
12710   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
12711   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
12712 
12713   if (Attr)
12714     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
12715 
12716   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
12717     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12718       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
12719         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12720       if (!ECD) continue;
12721 
12722       ECD->setType(EnumType);
12723     }
12724 
12725     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
12726     return;
12727   }
12728 
12729   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
12730   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
12731   // emit a warning.
12732   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
12733   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
12734   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
12735 
12736   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
12737   // reverse the list.
12738   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
12739   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
12740 
12741   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
12742   bool AllElementsInt = true;
12743 
12744   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12745     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
12746       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12747     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
12748 
12749     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
12750 
12751     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
12752     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
12753       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
12754                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
12755     else
12756       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
12757                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
12758 
12759     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
12760     if (AllElementsInt)
12761       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
12762   }
12763 
12764   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
12765   QualType BestType;
12766   unsigned BestWidth;
12767 
12768   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
12769   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
12770   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
12771   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
12772   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
12773   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
12774   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
12775   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
12776   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
12777   QualType BestPromotionType;
12778 
12779   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
12780   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
12781   // enum definitions.
12782   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
12783     Packed = true;
12784 
12785   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12786     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
12787     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
12788       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
12789     else
12790       BestPromotionType = BestType;
12791     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
12792     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
12793     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
12794     BestWidth = CharWidth;
12795   }
12796   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
12797     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
12798     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
12799     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
12800     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
12801       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
12802       BestWidth = CharWidth;
12803     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
12804                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
12805       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
12806       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
12807     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
12808       BestType = Context.IntTy;
12809       BestWidth = IntWidth;
12810     } else {
12811       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
12812 
12813       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
12814         BestType = Context.LongTy;
12815       } else {
12816         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
12817 
12818         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
12819           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
12820         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
12821       }
12822     }
12823     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
12824   } else {
12825     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
12826     // all of the enumerator values.
12827     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
12828     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
12829       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
12830       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
12831       BestWidth = CharWidth;
12832     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
12833       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
12834       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
12835       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
12836     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
12837       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
12838       BestWidth = IntWidth;
12839       BestPromotionType
12840         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12841                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
12842     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
12843                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
12844       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
12845       BestPromotionType
12846         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12847                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
12848     } else {
12849       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
12850       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
12851              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
12852       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
12853       BestPromotionType
12854         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12855                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
12856     }
12857   }
12858 
12859   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
12860   // the type of the enum if needed.
12861   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12862     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12863     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
12864 
12865     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
12866     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
12867     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
12868     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
12869     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
12870 
12871     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
12872     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
12873 
12874     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
12875     // the enum decl type.
12876     QualType NewTy;
12877     unsigned NewWidth;
12878     bool NewSign;
12879     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12880         !Enum->isFixed() &&
12881         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
12882       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
12883       NewWidth = IntWidth;
12884       NewSign = true;
12885     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
12886       // Already the right type!
12887       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12888         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
12889         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
12890         // enumeration.
12891         ECD->setType(EnumType);
12892       continue;
12893     } else {
12894       NewTy = BestType;
12895       NewWidth = BestWidth;
12896       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
12897     }
12898 
12899     // Adjust the APSInt value.
12900     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
12901     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
12902     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
12903 
12904     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
12905     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
12906         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
12907       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
12908                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
12909                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
12910                                                 /*base paths*/ 0,
12911                                                 VK_RValue));
12912     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12913       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
12914       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
12915       // enumeration.
12916       ECD->setType(EnumType);
12917     else
12918       ECD->setType(NewTy);
12919   }
12920 
12921   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
12922                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
12923 
12924   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
12925 
12926   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
12927   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
12928     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
12929 }
12930 
12931 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
12932                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
12933                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
12934   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
12935 
12936   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
12937                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
12938                                                    EndLoc);
12939   CurContext->addDecl(New);
12940   return New;
12941 }
12942 
12943 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M,
12944                                      SourceLocation ImportLoc,
12945                                      DeclContext *DC) {
12946   if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
12947     switch (LSD->getLanguage()) {
12948     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c:
12949       if (!M->IsExternC) {
12950         S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c)
12951           << M->getFullModuleName();
12952         S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c);
12953         return;
12954       }
12955       break;
12956     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx:
12957       break;
12958     }
12959     DC = LSD->getParent();
12960   }
12961 
12962   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
12963     DC = DC->getParent();
12964   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
12965     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level)
12966       << M->getFullModuleName() << DC;
12967     S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(),
12968            diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level)
12969       << DC;
12970   }
12971 }
12972 
12973 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
12974                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
12975                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
12976   Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path,
12977                                                 Module::AllVisible,
12978                                                 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
12979   if (!Mod)
12980     return true;
12981 
12982   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext);
12983 
12984   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
12985   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
12986   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
12987     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
12988     // We need the length to be consistent.
12989     if (!ModCheck)
12990       break;
12991     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
12992 
12993     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
12994   }
12995 
12996   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
12997                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
12998                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
12999                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
13000   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
13001   return Import;
13002 }
13003 
13004 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
13005   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
13006 
13007   // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here?
13008   PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc,
13009                                          /*Complain=*/true);
13010 }
13011 
13012 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) {
13013   // Create the implicit import declaration.
13014   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
13015   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
13016                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
13017   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
13018   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
13019 
13020   // Make the module visible.
13021   PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc,
13022                                          /*Complain=*/false);
13023 }
13024 
13025 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13026                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13027                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13028                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
13029                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13030   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
13031                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13032   AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context,
13033                                                     AliasName->getName(), 0);
13034 
13035   if (PrevDecl)
13036     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
13037   else
13038     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13039       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
13040 }
13041 
13042 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13043                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13044                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
13045   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
13046 
13047   if (PrevDecl) {
13048     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
13049   } else {
13050     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13051       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
13052         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc)));
13053   }
13054 }
13055 
13056 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13057                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13058                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13059                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
13060                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13061   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
13062                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13063   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
13064 
13065   if (PrevDecl) {
13066     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
13067       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
13068         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
13069   } else {
13070     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13071       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
13072   }
13073 }
13074 
13075 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
13076   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
13077 }
13078 
13079 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
13080   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
13081   // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult
13082   // both the availability of the method as well as the
13083   // enclosing class.  If the class is (say) deprecated,
13084   // the entire method is considered deprecated from the
13085   // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated.
13086   if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
13087     AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability();
13088     if (R != AR_Available)
13089       return R;
13090     D = MD->getClassInterface();
13091   }
13092   // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it
13093   // gets the same availability context as the @interface.
13094   else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID =
13095             dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) {
13096     D = ID->getClassInterface();
13097   }
13098   return D->getAvailability();
13099 }
13100